Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

stå over for

Толкование Перевод

1 stå

stand

* * *

I.:

[ gå i stå] stop ( fx he stopped in the middle of a sentence; the watch

(, clock) stopped; his heart stopped), come to a standstill ( fx

production (, operations) came to a standstill), come to a stop,

( langsomt) grind to a halt ( fx the train ground to a halt; when the strike began production ground to a halt);

( glemme hvad man skal (, vil) sige, T) get stuck, dry up ( fx he

dried up in the middle of his speech);

( om motor) stop, stall,

T conk out, go on the blink;

[ han er gået åndeligt i stå] he has come to a mental halt; he is

psychologically arrested;

[ sætte i stå] stop, bring ( fx industry) to a standstill.

II. vb (stod, stået)

(mods: sidde, ligge) stand ( fx I have been standing all day), be standing up;

(= være) be ( fx there is a tree in front of the house);

[ stå alene] be alone ( fx I was alone in the world);

[ stå og], se ndf;

[ som sagerne står] as matters stand;

[ stå stille], se II. stille;

[ uret står] the watch (, clock) has stopped;

( finde sted) take place ( fx when will the marriage take place?), be (

fx when is the marriage (to be)? there was a debate about it; there was a battle);

[ brylluppet stod i domkirken] the wedding took place (, F: was solemnized) in the cathedral;

[ brylluppet stod i London] the wedding took place (, F: was celebrated) in London;

[ der stod et slag]

( også) a battle was fought;

[ der står at...]

(i brev etc) it says that...;

[ det står 3-2]

( om sportskamp) the score is 3-2;

[ det står hos Byron, det står i avisen], se ndf;

[ med vb:]

[ sagen står og falder med...] the case stands or falls with...; the case hangs on...;

[ det hele står og falder med ham] it all depends on him; he is the kingpin of the whole undertaking;

[ kom som du står og går] come as you are;

[ det tøj jeg står og går i] the clothes I stand up in;

[ lade noget stå] let something stand,

(= lade det være i fred) leave something alone,

( ikke slette det) leave something in, keep something;

[ lade døren stå] leave the door open;

[ lade skægget stå], se I. skæg;

[ han stod og så på mig] he stood looking (el. and looked) at me;

[ stå og skulle til at] be about to, be on the point of -ing;

[ med sig:]

[ stå sig]

( hævde sig) hold one's own;

[ stå sig godt med] be on good terms with, stand well with;

[ kunne stå sig mod (el. over for) én] be a match for somebody;

[ stå sig ved] serve oneself well (, best) by, profit by;

[ jeg står mig ved at vente]

( også) it pays me to wait;

[ med præp & adv:]

[ stå `af]

(dvs af køretøj) get off,

( af hest, cykel) get off,

F dismount;

(dvs melde fra) opt out ( fx when they began to get violent I opted out);

[ stå af bussen]

(etc) get off the bus (etc);

[ stå af cyklen] get off one's bicycle,

F dismount from one's bicycle;

[ stå bag]

(dvs støtte) stand behind;

(dvs være ophavsmanden) be behind;

[ stå bag én]

(dvs støtte også) back somebody up;

[ det er ham der står bag ved]

(dvs er ophavsmanden) he is the one behind it all, he is the one who pulls the strings;

[ stå én bi] stand by somebody ( fx stand by one's friend),

F aid;

[ lykken står den kække bi] fortune favours the brave;

[ så det står efter] with a vengeance, like anything;

[ stå fast] stand firm;

[ det står fast at] it is an established fact that, the fact remains that;

[ stå fast på] insist on;

[ stå fast ved] stick to;

[ stå ` for] screen somebody (, something) from view,

( om flere) stand round somebody (, something) in a ring;

[` stå for]

( betyde) stand for ( fx what do the letters GATT stand for?),

(mene etc) stand for ( fx I don't know what he stands for),

( lede) be in charge of ( fx the arrangements), manage ( fx the

house);

[ kunne stå for] be able to resist ( fx they made him an offer he could not resist); stand up to ( fx this furniture will stand up to any amount of rough treatment; the theory will not (, did not) stand up to close examination);

[ kunne stå for kritik] be proof against criticism,

(om bog etc) pass muster;

[ hans ansigt står stadig for mig]

(dvs for mit indre blik) his face is still before me (el. still haunts me);

[ hun er ikke til at stå for] she is irresistible;

(se også skud);

[ stå foran] stand in front of;

[ når der står en vokal foran] when preceded by a vowel;

[ stå frem] stand forward,

( rage frem) stand out;

(se også ndf: stå ud);

[ stå frit]

( være uafhængig) be independent,

( have handlefrihed) have a free hand;

[ det står dig frit for] you can do it if you like;

[ det står dig frit for at] you are at liberty to ( fx accept the offer if you wish);

[ det står dig frit for om du vil gøre det eller ej] you can decide for yourself whether you will do it or not;

[ lade det stå hen] leave it open (el. undecided),

F leave it in abeyance;

[ som der står hos Byron] as Byron has it;

[ det står hos Byron] it is in Byron;

[ stå ` hos] stand by;

[ det står i avisen] it is (el. it says so) in the paper;

[ der står i avisen at han er her] it says in the paper (el. the paper says) that he is here;

[ det står i akkusativ] it is in the accusative;

[ aktierne står i pari] the shares are quoted at par;

[ pengene står i en bank] the money is (deposited) in a bank;

[ pengene står i landejendomme] the money is invested in landed property;

[huset stod ham i £50.000] the house cost him £50,000;

(se også blomst, I. fare, forhold, I. lue, I. lære, magt, vej);

[ stå noget igennem] come through something;

[ vi håber hun vil stå det igennem] we hope she will pull through;

[ stå ` imod] resist;

[ få noget (dvs at spise) til at stå imod med] have something to put one on;

[ lægge lidt penge til side til at stå imod med] put a little money away for a rainy day;

[ stå ind mod land] head for the shore;

[ stå inde for] answer for, vouch for,

(se også indestå);

[ stå lige], se III. lige;

[` stå op] stand, be standing up;

[ stå `op] stand up,

( af sengen) get up,

F rise ( fx rise with the sun),

( om solen, månen etc) rise;

[ stå op af døde, stå op fra de døde] rise from the dead;

[ stå op på] get up on ( fx the table),

F mount;

[ få noget op at stå]

(fig) get something off the ground; get something going;

[ få det op at stå]

( også) get the show on the road;

[ stå over]

( overvåge) stand over,

( være højere stillet end) be above,

( være bedre end) be superior to;

[ de der står over ham] his superiors;

[ stå over for] face, stand facing,

F be confronted by ( fx when he left the house he was confronted by a policeman),

(fig, om vanskeligheder etc) face ( fx growing opposition), be faced with ( fx a choice),

F be confronted by ( fx a difficult task);

( kunne se frem til) be able to look forward to ( fx we can now look forward to falling unemployment);

[ stå `på]

( stige ind) get up, get in;

[ barometeret står på regnvejr] the barometer is at rain;

[ den står på bøf hver dag] we (, they) have steak every day;

[ stå på cyklen] get on one's bicycle,

F mount one's bicycle;

[ en plade på hvilken der stod...] a tablet bearing the inscription...; a tablet on which was written...;

[ stå på et tog (, en bus etc)]

(dvs stige ind) get on a train (, bus etc), board a train (, bus etc);

[ termometeret står på 90ø] the thermometer stands at 90ø;

[ viseren står på 3] the hand points to 3;

[ stå på sin ret] stand on one's rights;

[ mens det stod `på] while it lasted, while it was going on;

[ mens forhandlingerne stod `på] during (, F: pending) the negotiations;

[ den side hvor vinden står `på] the windward side, the side exposed to the wind;

[ når solen står `på] when (it is) exposed to the sun;

(se også ben, hoved, pind, vagt);

[ stå sammen] stand together,

T stick together ( fx we must stick together);

[ stå stærkt (, svagt)] be in a strong (, weak) position;

[` stå til]

( passe til) go well with,

( om farver også) match;

[ mit håb står kun til dig] I set all my hopes on you;

[ han står til 4 år] he stands to get 4 years;

[ lade stå ` til]

( tage chancen) chance it,

( opgive ævred) let things slide;

[ hvordan står det til ( med dig, etc)?] how are you (etc)?

T how are you (etc) doing?

[ det står dårligt til] things are not (any) too good;

[ det står dårligt til med ham]

T he is in a bad way;

[ det står dårligt til med økonomien]

(dvs i landet) the economy is in a bad shape;

[ stå til søs (el. havs)] put to sea;

[ det står til ( Deres) disposition] it is at your disposal;

[ det står til dig at gøre det] it is up to you to do it;

[ hvis det stod til ham] if he had his way;

[ han står ikke til at redde] he is past praying for;

(se også regnskab);

[ stå tilbage]

( være til rest) be left,

F remain;

( i udvikling) be backward;

[ stå tilbage for] be inferior to, fall short of;

[ han står ikke tilbage for nogen] he is second to none;

[ stå ud]

(fx af vogn) get out,

( rage frem) stick out,

F project,

( iøjnefaldende) jut out,

F protrude;

[ stå ud af sengen] get out of bed;

[ stå ud fra land]

(mar) stand off the land;

[ stå udenfor]

(fig) have no part in it;

( være holdt ude) be left out;

[ stå under én]

( under éns kommando) be under (the command of) somebody,

( i rang) rank below somebody;

( være ringere end én) be inferior to somebody, be below somebody;

[ stå ved sit løfte] stand by one's promise;

[ han tør stå ved sine meninger] he has the courage of his convictions;

(se også magt, ror).

Danish-English dictionary > stå
2 stille

adjust, dumb, dump, pose, position, put, quell, quiet, quietly, regulate, put right, set, silent, slack, stand, station, still

* * *

I. (et)

( modsat storm) calm ( fx after a storm comes a calm).

II. adj

( ubevægelig) still ( fx he sat (, lay) still; the air is still);

( rolig) quiet ( fx evening, street, village),

( om vejr, vand) calm ( fx evening, weather),

(F: især om dybere ro) tranquil;

( uden støj, tavs) silent, quiet;

(merk) slack, dull, quiet;

adv quietly, calmly, silently, still;

[ stille!] be quiet! hush!

( i forsamling) silence!

[ ganske stille, i det stille, lige så stille] quietly,

(dvs hemmeligt) secretly,

T on the quiet;

[ liste af lige så stille] slip away quietly;

[ så stille som en mus] as quiet as a mouse;

[ med vb:]

[ dø en stille død, dø stille] die (el. pass away) peacefully;

[ lade noget dø en stille død]

(fig) let something die (quietly);

[ gå stille med], se gå;

[ holde stille] stop,

F halt,

( være standset) be standing (still);

[ holde sig stille] keep still;

[ han hører til de stille i landet] he says very little; he belongs to the silent majority;

[ ligge stille] lie still; be quiet;

( om forretning, produktion etc) be at a standstill;

( om fabrik) be idle;

[ stå stille] stand still;

(om virksomhed etc), se ovf: ligge stille;

(om vand etc) stagnate;

[ ens forstand står stille]

(dvs af forfærdelse etc) one's (el. the) mind boggles;

[ hans forstand stod stille]

(dvs han anede ikke hvad han skulle gøre) he was at his wit's end;

[ luften stod stille] there was not a breath of air;

[ tie stille], se tie;

[ med sb:]

[ stille sind], se sind;

[ en stille tid] a period of quiet,

(merk) a slack period;

[ en stille tvivl] a secret doubt;

[ den stille uge] Holy Week;

[ det stille vand har den dybe grund] still waters run deep;

[ stille vejr] calm weather.

III. vb

( tilfredsstille) satisfy ( fx one's hunger);

( tørst) quench, slake;

( lindre, F) allay, alleviate.

IV. vb

( anbringe) put,

(mere F, mere omhyggeligt: anbringe) place,

(mindre alm) set ( fx the vase on the table);

( anbringe i lodret stilling, også) stand ( fx he stood the gun against the wall);

( skaffe) supply,

F furnish ( fx a witness),

( om penge også) find ( fx £500);

( indfinde sig) present oneself,

T turn up;

(mil., = melde sig) report,

( møde) muster;

[ stille lige], se III. lige;

[ stille tilfreds], se tilfreds;

(se også stillet);

[ med sb:]

[ stille én en opgave]

(dvs at løse) set somebody a problem,

(dvs et hverv at udføre) set somebody a task;

[ stille et ur] set a watch (, a clock) ( efter by, fx set one's watch by the time signal);

[stille uret til at vække kl. 7] set the alarm for 7 o'clock;

(se også betingelse, depositum, fordring, I. fælde, horoskop, krav,

spørgsmål);

[ med sig:]

[ stille sig] place oneself,

(for at passe på etc) station oneself ( fx in front of the door),

( som kandidat) stand (, am: run) (as candidate),

( indtage en vis holdning) take up an attitude ( fx take up a

friendly attitude),

(se også afventende);

[ hvordan vil han stille sig?] what will be his attitude?

[ stille sig en opgave] set oneself a task;

[ stille sig an] strike an attitude (el. a pose),

( generelt) strike attitudes, attitudinize,

F posture;

[ stille sig an som om man er syg] pretend to be ill;

[ stille sig bag]

(fig: støtte) back up ( fx a person, a statement),

(om erklæring etc også, F) endorse,

(om politik etc også) identify oneself with;

[ stille sig i kø] queue up;

[ stille sig i positur] = stille sig an;

(se også I. spids);

[ stille sig op] place oneself, take (up) one's position,

(for at passe på etc) station oneself, plant oneself, take one's stand;

( om flere: samle sig) collect ( fx people collected in front of the palace), gather,

( i en række) line up,

( i kø) queue up;

[ tusinder af mennesker havde stillet sig op langs ruten] thousands of people lined the route;

[ stille sig på hans side] side with him;

[ sagen stiller sig således] the facts are these;

[ hvordan stiller han sig til sagen?] what is his attitude to the matter? what are his views on the matter?

[ stille sig under éns kommando] place oneself under somebody's command

(el. orders);

[ med præp & adv:]

[ blive stillet for en dommer] be brought before a judge;

[ stille ham for retten] put him on trial;

[ stille frem] set out,

( til skue) display,

( et ur) put forward, put on;

[ stille én frit] give somebody a free hand;

[ det stiller os gunstigere] it leaves us in a better position;

[ stille hos én] report to somebody;

[ stille i], se bero, I. lys, relief, I. spids, udsigt etc;

[ stille ind], se indstille;

( radio) tune (in);

[ stille ind på]

( om kikkert, kanon) train on;

[ stille ind på en station] tune in to a station;

[ stille samtalen ind til ham]

(tlf) put the call through to him,

( flytte den) transfer the call to him;

[ stille om til]

( på radio) switch on to,

( under transmission) switch (el. go) over to,

(tlf), se ovf: stille ind til;

[ stille op]

( med objekt), se opstille;

( uden objekt: i rækker, også mil.) form up ( fx the schoolchildren had to form up before entering the school),

(se også ovf: stille sig op);

( til valg) stand,

(især am) run ( fx run for President);

(= gøre) do ( fx what shall I do with them? he did not know what to do with himself; there is nothing to be done about it);

[ stille op mod en mur] put up against a wall ( fx he put the ladder up against the wall; he should be put up against a wall and shot),

( om flere) line up against a wall;

[ stille op som] put (oneself) up as ( fx treasurer),

(parl) stand as ( fx an Independent);

[ blive stillet over for] be faced with (el. by);

[ stille ham over for] face him with ( fx a challenge, a choice, a problem),

F confront him with ( fx a challenge, a problem);

[ stille på en skrue] adjust a screw;

(se også I. prøve);

[ stille noget til ens disposition] place something at somebody's disposal;

[ stille tilbage] put back;

[ stille noget under éns beskyttelse] place something under somebody's protection.

Danish-English dictionary > stille
3 åben

clear, commanding, communicative, extrovert, free, open, plain, receptive, undecided

* * *

adj open ( fx door, boat, town, wound, syllable, face, character; with open arms; the shops are open);

( oprigtig også) frank, candid;

( utilsløret), se åbenlys;

( ikke udfyldt) (in) blank;

[ åben for] open to ( fx the public; traffic);

[ have (el. holde) åbent], se åbent;

[ åben over for] open to ( fx new ideas);

[ stå åben] be (left) open;

[ lade stå åben] leave open;

[ åben og ærlig] frank and honest,

(om fremgangsmåde etc) open and above-board;

[ med sb:]

[ som en åben bog] like a book ( fx I can read him like a book);

[ åbent brev] open letter;

[ åben flanke]

(mil.) open (el. exposed) flank;

[ på åben gade] in the street;

[ under åben himmel] in the open (air);

[ holde åbent hus] keep open house;

[ åben ild] naked fire, naked flames;

(bål etc) open fire;

[ med åben mund] open-mouthed, gaping;

[ med åben pande]

(fig) openly;

[ et åbent sind] an open mind;

[ et åbent spørgsmål] an open question;

[ for åbent tæppe] with the curtain up,

(fig) in public;

[ åbent universitet] open university;

[ med åbne øjne] with one's eyes open;

[ sige ham lige op i hans åbne øjne] tell him to his face;

(se også vindue).

Danish-English dictionary > åben
4 svag

bad, dim, faint, feeble, gentle, limp, low, puny, slim, subtle, weak, woolly

* * *

adj

( uden kraft) weak ( fx legs, heart, eyes, sight, army, team, government, resistance, argument, market),

( meget svag) feeble ( fx old man, pulse, attempt, attack, excuse);

( eftergivende) weak, over-fond ( fx parents), weakly indulgent;

( ubetydelig, lille) faint ( fx hope, chance, light, resemblance, suspicion), slight ( fx chance, hope, improvement),

( svagere) slender ( fx chance, hope);

( om kunstværk) feeble,

( middelmådig) mediocre;

( om lys, farve, lyd, erindring etc) faint ( fx colour, smell, sound, cry), dim ( fx light, recollection);

[ med sb:]

[ svag bøjning]

(af sb og adj) weak declension,

(af vb) weak conjugation;

[ en svag forestilling om] a faint (el. vague) idea of;

[ stå på svage fødder] be shaky;

[ svagt helbred] delicate health;

[ have et svagt helbred] be delicate;

[ svag karakter] weak character;

[ det svage køn] the weaker sex;

[ et svagt punkt] a weak point;

[ hans svage punkt] his weak point;

[ sætte fingeren på det svage punkt] put one's finger on the weak spot;

[ hans svage side] his weak point;

[ et svagt smil] a faint smile;

[ et svagt verbum] a weak verb;

[ svag vind] light breeze;

[ i et svagt øjeblik] in a moment of weakness;

[ med præp:]

[ svag i latin] weak in Latin;

[ svag i knæene], se slap;

[ svag over for]

(fx barn) weak with, indulgent to,

( fristelser) unable to resist.

Danish-English dictionary > svag
5 post

mail, post, post, station

* * *

I. (en -er)

( vinduespost) (window) post.

II. (en -e)

( pumpe) pump;

( vandhane) tap,

(am) faucet.

III. (en -er)

(mil.: vagt, stilling) post,

( skildvagt) sentry;

( i orienteringsløb) control;

(jernb: blokpost) block station, signalbox;

( embede, stilling) post, appointment;

( i bogføring) entry;

( enkelt punkt i opregning) item;

(aktiepost etc) block;

[ det er da en post]

(dvs meget) that is quite a lot;

[ forlade sin post]

(mil.) leave one's post;

[ fremskudt post]

(mil.) advanced post, outpost;

[ udstille poster] post sentries;

[ politibetjent på post] policeman on point duty;

[ blive på sin post] remain at one's post;

[ stå på post] stand sentry, be on guard;

[ være på sin post] be at one's post;

(fig) be on one's guard ( over for against).

IV. (en)

( postvæsen, postbesørgelse) post,

(am oftest) mail;

(breve etc) post, mail,

(am oftest) mail;

( postbud) postman,

(am også) mailman;

[ er der post til mig?] any mail (el. post) for me?

[ (af)sende med posten] post, mail, send by post;

[ med posten i dag] by today's post (el. mail);

[ med næste post] by the next post (el. mail);

[pr. post] by post, by mail.

V.:

[ post festum] very late in the day; a day after the fair.

Danish-English dictionary > post
6 vagt

attendant, guard, vaguely, warden, watch, watchman

* * *

(en -er) watch, guard;

(mar) watch;

( tjeneste) duty;

( skildvagt) sentry;

( strejkevagt) picket;

( vagtmandskab) guard,

(mar) watch;

( lokale) guardroom, guardhouse;

[ have vagt]

( om læge, sygeplejerske, lærer) be on duty,

(mar) have the watch;

[ holde vagt] keep watch (el. guard),

(mil.) mount guard,

(mar) watch;

[ stå på vagt]

(mil.) be on guard,

( skildvagt) be on sentry duty (el. sentry-go);

(mar) be on watch;

[ være på vagt]

(dvs være årvågen) be on the alert;

( være forsigtig, passe på) be on one's guard;

[ være på vagt over for] be on one's guard against,

F be wary of ( fx that kind of people);

[ sætte vagt ved døren] post (el. set) a guard at the door.

Danish-English dictionary > vagt
7 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR
8 stare

be

( restare) stay

( abitare) live

stare in piedi stand

stare bene be well

di vestiti suit

stare per fare qualcosa be about to do something

stammi a sentire listen to me

lascialo stare leave him alone, let him be

stare telefonando be on the phone, be making a phonecall

come sta? how are you?, how are things?

ben ti sta! serves you right!

ci sto! here I am!

sta bene all right, ok

* * *

stare v. intr.

1 to stay; ( rimanere) to remain: sta' dove sei, stay where you are; sta' fermo!, stay (o stand) still!; stare in casa, to stay indoors; stette alla finestra a guardarci partire, she stayed at the window watching us leave; stare al sole, all'ombra, sotto la pioggia, to stay in the sun, in the shade, in the rain; questi fiori devono stare fuori la notte, these flowers must be left out at night; sono stato da Tom tutto il pomeriggio, I stayed at Tom's the whole afternoon // stare in piedi, to stand; stare diritto, to stand up straight; stare alzato, to stay up; stare sveglio, to stay awake; stare seduto, to remain seated; stare sdraiato, to be lying down; stare a letto, to stay in bed; stare in poltrona, to sit in an armchair; stare indietro, to stand back; stare in disparte, to stand aside

2 ( abitare) to live: quando stavo a Milano, when I lived (o I used to live) in Milan; sta in campagna sei mesi all'anno, he lives in the country six months a year; sto uscio a uscio con lui, I live next door to him

3 ( essere) to be: quell'albergo sta in cima a una collina, in riva al lago, the hotel is (o stands) on a hilltop, on the shore of the lake; stava su questo tavolo, it was on this table; sta alla cassa, he is at the cash desk; qui sta il difficile, this is the difficulty; le cose stanno così, it's like this; dire le cose come stanno, to be frank; stando così le cose..., things being as they are...; la faccenda sta in questi termini, it's like this; sta' attento, buono, tranquillo, be careful, good, quiet; sta' zitto!, keep quiet! (o fam. shut up!); stare in ansia, to be anxious; sta' sicuro che verrà, you can be sure he will come // ( così) sta scritto, thus it is written // stare con qlcu., ( avere una relazione) to be with s.o. // a quanto stanno le patate oggi?, (fam.) how much are potatoes today?

4 ( andare) to go*; to be: sono stato a Londra l'anno scorso, I went to London last year; sei mai stato a Parigi?, have you ever been in Paris?; sono stata dal dottore, dalla sarta, I went to see my doctor, to the dressmaker's

5 ( dipendere) to depend: se stesse in me l'avresti già, if it depended on me, you would already have it; tutto sta se si può arrivare in tempo, everything depends on whether we get there in time

6 ( spettare, toccare) to be up; to be for (s.o.); to be one's turn; sta a lui decidere questa faccenda, it is up to him (o it is his business) to decide this matter; non sta a te giudicare ciò, it is not for you to judge this matter; sta a me fare le carte, it's my turn to deal

7 ( attenersi): devi stare a quel che ti dicono di fare, you must do as they tell you; io sto al suo consiglio, I follow his advice

8 (mat.) to be: 20 sta a 40 come 50 sta a 100, 20 is to 40 as 50 is to 100

9 (al gioco, non volere altre carte) to stick*: sto!, stick!

10 (seguito dal ger. per indicare la forma progressiva) to be (+ ger.): sto leggendo, I'm reading; il cane sta abbaiando, the dog is barking; stai commettendo un grave errore, you're making a serious mistake; il malato sta migliorando, the patient is improving; stanno chiamando te, they are calling you; stanno bussando alla porta, they're knocking at the door; il tempo sta cambiando, the weather is changing; si sta facendo buio, it's getting dark; ''Che cosa stanno facendo i bambini?'' ''Stanno giocando'', ''What are the children doing?'' ''They're playing''; ''Stai preparando le valigie?'' ''Sì'', ''Are you packing?'' ''Yes, I am''; ''Vi state annoiando?'' ''No, affatto'', ''Are you bored?'' ''Not at all''; stanno costruendo un nuovo centro residenziale, they are building a new residential complex (o a new residential complex is being built); ti stanno aspettando da un pezzo, they've been waiting for you for some time; lo stanno cercando da due giorni, they've been looking for him for two days; gli stanno dando la caccia da mesi, they've been looking for him for months; il telefono stava squillando da qualche minuto, the phone had been ringing for some minutes; stavamo proprio parlando di te, you're the very person we were talking about; il cielo si stava rannuvolando, the sky was clouding over; a quest'ora staranno già dormendo, they'll be asleep by now

11 stare a (seguito da inf. pres., per indicare la durata di un'azione): siamo stati a parlare per quasi due ore, we (stayed and) talked for nearly two hours // stare a vedere, guardare, (fig.) to wait and see: ora stiamo a vedere come si evolve la situazione, now let's wait and see how the situation develops; sta a vedere che anche oggi non verrà, I bet he won't come today, either

12 stare per, ( per indicare un futuro immediato o l'imminenza di un'azione) to be going, to be about (+ inf.); to be on the point of (+ ger.): stiamo per cambiare casa, we're going to move (house); il treno sta per arrivare, the train is about to arrive; sto per prendere una decisione importante, I'm about to make an important decision; stai per commettere un errore, you're about to make a mistake; sta per piovere, it's about to rain; credo che stia per nevicare, I think it's going to snow; lo spettacolo sta per iniziare, the show is about to begin // l'estate sta per finire, summer is coming to an end // stava per piangere, she was on the verge of tears; stavo proprio per telefonarti, I was just about to phone you; stavano per partire quando scoppiò il temporale, they were on the point of leaving when the storm broke; stava per essere travolto da un'auto, he was nearly run over; l'anno che sta per iniziare sarà un anno importante per tutti, the year that's about to begin will be an important one for everybody; si avverte la clientela che il negozio sta per chiudere, customers are reminded that the store is about to close

13 starci, ( essere contenuto) to go*; ( esserci spazio per) to have room for; (fam.) ( acconsentire) to count (s.o.) in: il 2 nel 4 ci sta due volte, 2 goes into 4 two times; in questo cinema ci sta molta gente, there is room for a great many people in this cinema; non ci sta più niente, there is no more room; non riesco a farcene stare di più, I can't get any more in; se volete giocare a carte ci sto, if you want to play cards, count me in; se si presenta come candidato non ci sto, if he's going to be a candidate I won't go along with it // è una ragazza che ci sta, she's an easy girl.

◘ starsi, starsene v.intr.pron.

1 se ne stava solo soletto, he was all alone

2 ( astenersi) (non com.) to refrain (from doing): se ne stette dal rispondere, he refrained from giving any answer.

* * *
['stare] 1.
verbo intransitivo (aus. essere)

1) (rimanere) to stay, to remain

stare al sole, sotto la pioggia — to stay in the sun, out in the rain

stare fuori, in casa — to stay out, (at) home

stare al caldo — to keep (oneself) warm

stare via — to be away

2) (vivere) to live; (temporanamente) to stay

stanno sopra un negozio — they live above a shop

questo mese sto a casa di un amico — this month I'm staying with a friend

andare a stare a Londra — to move to London

3) (trovarsi in un luogo) to be*

i libri stanno sul tavolo — the books are on the table

4) (essere in una particolare posizione, condizione) to stay, to remain

stare fermo — to keep o stand still

stai fermo! — hold still!

stai comodo su quella sedia? — are you comfortable in that chair?

stare in piedi — [ persona] to stand up

stare sdraiato sul divano — to be lying on the sofa; (di salute)

stare bene, male — to be o feel well, ill

stai bene? — are you well o all right?

come stai? — how are you? (economicamente)

stare bene — to be well off; (andare bene)

lunedì ti sta bene? — does Monday suit you?

se è pericoloso non mi sta bene — if it's dangerous you can count me out; (convenirsi)

non sta bene mangiarsi le unghie — it's bad manners to eat one's fingernails; (addirsi)

il quadro starà bene nell'ufficio — the picture will look good in the office

sta bene con quel vestito — she looks pretty in that dress

mi sta bene? — does it suit me?

il giallo sta bene con il blu — yellow looks pretty against the blue; (trovarsi bene)

stare bene con qcn. — to be well in with sb

5) (spettare)

sta a te, lui fare — it's up to you, him to do

sta a te scegliere — it's your choice

non sta a te dirmi cosa devo fare! — you can't tell me what to do!

6) (attenersi)

stare ai fatti — to keep o stick to facts

stare ai patti — to keep one's side of a bargain

stando a quel che dice — if she's to be believed

stando alle apparenze — to all outward appearances

stando alle ultime informazioni — according to the latest information o intelligence

7) (consistere)

la difficoltà sta in questo o qui the difficulty lies there; lo scopo dell'esercizio sta tutto qui — that's the whole point of the exercise

8) (essere, presentarsi) to be*

stando così le cose — such o this being the case

vedere le cose (così) come stanno — to see things as they really are

9) (seguito da gerundio)

sto congelando — I'm freezing

che stai facendo? — what are you doing?

10) (essere contenuto) to fit*

i libri non stanno nella valigia — the books don't fit in the suitcase

11) mat.

2 sta a 3 come 4 sta a 6 — 2 is to 3 as 4 is to 6

12) stare a

non stare a pensarci sopra! — don't dwell on it!

staremo a vedere! — we'll see about that!

sta a vedere che lo faranno! — I bet they'll do it!

13) stare con

stare con qcn. — (avere una relazione) to flirt with sb.; (coabitare) to live with sb.; (essere solidale) to be with sb

14) stare per

stare per fare — (essere sul punto di) to be about to do

stavo per telefonarti proprio ora — I was just this minute going to phone you

stavo per cadere — I nearly fell

sta per nevicare — it's going to snow

15) stare su colloq. (farsi coraggio)

stare su (con la vita) — to keep one's chin up; (rimanere sveglio) to stay up

16) star(e) dietro

star(e) dietro a qcn. — (seguire) to follow sb. closely; (sorvegliare) to watch sb. closely; (fare la corte) to chase after sb

17) lasciare stare (non disturbare)

lascialo stare — leave him alone, let him be; (smettere di toccare)

lascia stare quella bici — leave that bike alone; (lasciare perdere)

lascia stare, pago io — no it's my treat

lascia stare, è un fastidio troppo grosso — leave it, it's too much trouble

18) starci (trovar posto) to fit* (in into); colloq. (essere d'accordo)

d'accordo, ci sto! — OK, I'm game!

se state organizzando una gita, ci sto! — if you're organizing an outing, count me in! colloq. (concedersi)

è una che ci sta — she's an easy lay; colloq. (esserci)

oggi non ci sto con la testa — I'm not really with it today
2.
verbo pronominale starsene

starsene a letto, a casa — to stay in bed, (at) home

••

stare sulle proprie — to keep oneself to oneself

* * *

stare

/'stare/ [9]

I verbo intransitivo

(aus. essere)

1 (rimanere) to stay, to remain; stare al sole, sotto la pioggia to stay in the sun, out in the rain; stare fuori, in casa to stay out, (at) home; stare al caldo to keep (oneself) warm; stare via to be away

2 (vivere) to live; (temporanamente) to stay; stanno sopra un negozio they live above a shop; questo mese sto a casa di un amico this month I'm staying with a friend; andare a stare a Londra to move to London

3 (trovarsi in un luogo) to be*; i libri stanno sul tavolo the books are on the table

4 (essere in una particolare posizione, condizione) to stay, to remain; stare fermo to keep o stand still; stai fermo! hold still! stai comodo su quella sedia? are you comfortable in that chair? stare in piedi [ persona] to stand up; stare sdraiato sul divano to be lying on the sofa; (di salute) stare bene, male to be o feel well, ill; stai bene? are you well o all right? come stai? how are you? (economicamente) stare bene to be well off; (andare bene) lunedì ti sta bene? does Monday suit you? se è pericoloso non mi sta bene if it's dangerous you can count me out; (convenirsi) non sta bene mangiarsi le unghie it's bad manners to eat one's fingernails; (addirsi) il quadro starà bene nell'ufficio the picture will look good in the office; sta bene con quel vestito she looks pretty in that dress; mi sta bene? does it suit me? il giallo sta bene con il blu yellow looks pretty against the blue; (trovarsi bene) stare bene con qcn. to be well in with sb.

5 (spettare) sta a te, lui fare it's up to you, him to do; sta a te scegliere it's your choice; non sta a te dirmi cosa devo fare! you can't tell me what to do!

6 (attenersi) stare ai fatti to keep o stick to facts; stare ai patti to keep one's side of a bargain; stando a quel che dice if she's to be believed; stando alle apparenze to all outward appearances; stando alle ultime informazioni according to the latest information o intelligence

7 (consistere) la difficoltà sta in questo o qui the difficulty lies there; lo scopo dell'esercizio sta tutto qui that's the whole point of the exercise

8 (essere, presentarsi) to be*; stando così le cose such o this being the case; vedere le cose (così) come stanno to see things as they really are

9 (seguito da gerundio) sto congelando I'm freezing; che stai facendo? what are you doing?

10 (essere contenuto) to fit*; i libri non stanno nella valigia the books don't fit in the suitcase

11 mat. 2 sta a 3 come 4 sta a 6 2 is to 3 as 4 is to 6

12 stare a non stare a pensarci sopra! don't dwell on it! staremo a vedere! we'll see about that! sta a vedere che lo faranno! I bet they'll do it!

13 stare con stare con qcn. (avere una relazione) to flirt with sb.; (coabitare) to live with sb.; (essere solidale) to be with sb.

14 stare per stare per fare (essere sul punto di) to be about to do; stavo per telefonarti proprio ora I was just this minute going to phone you; stavo per cadere I nearly fell; sta per nevicare it's going to snow

15 stare su colloq. (farsi coraggio) stare su (con la vita) to keep one's chin up; (rimanere sveglio) to stay up

16 star(e) dietro star(e) dietro a qcn. (seguire) to follow sb. closely; (sorvegliare) to watch sb. closely; (fare la corte) to chase after sb.

17 lasciare stare (non disturbare) lascialo stare leave him alone, let him be; (smettere di toccare) lascia stare quella bici leave that bike alone; (lasciare perdere) lascia stare, pago io no it's my treat; lascia stare, è un fastidio troppo grosso leave it, it's too much trouble

18 starci (trovar posto) to fit* (in into); colloq. (essere d'accordo) d'accordo, ci sto! OK, I'm game! se state organizzando una gita, ci sto! if you're organizing an outing, count me in! colloq. (concedersi) è una che ci sta she's an easy lay; colloq. (esserci) oggi non ci sto con la testa I'm not really with it today

II starsene verbo pronominale

starsene a letto, a casa to stay in bed, (at) home

IDIOMS

stare sulle proprie to keep oneself to oneself.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > stare
9 tutto

1. adj whole

tutti, tutte pl all

tutto il libro the whole book

tutti i giorni every day

tutti e tre all three

noi tutti all of us

2. adv all

era tutto solo he was all alone

del tutto quite

in tutto altogether, in all

3. pron all

gente everybody, everyone

cose everything

lo ha mangiato tutto he ate it all

* * *

tutto agg.indef.

1 ( con riferimento a numero, quantità, estensione, durata) all; ( intero) (the) whole (of): tutto il mondo, all the (o the whole) world; tutta l'Italia, all (o the whole of) Italy; tutta la mia famiglia, all my (o my whole) family; tutto il giorno, all the day (o the whole day); tutto il mese, l'anno, all the (o the whole) month, year; ha speso tutto il suo denaro, he has spent all his money; abbiamo consumato tutta l'acqua, we have used up all the water; ho letto tutto il libro, I've read all the (o the whole) book; si è mangiato tutta ( quanta) la torta, he has eaten all the (o the whole) cake; tutto il traffico era bloccato, all the traffic was blocked; tutta la casa dev'essere ristrutturata, all the (o the whole) house needs rebuilding; abbiamo fatto tutta la strada di corsa, a piedi, we ran, walked all the way; ha lavorato tutta la vita, he worked all his life; ho passato tutto il tempo con loro, I spent all the time with them; l'ho fatto con tutto il cuore, I did it willingly (o with all my heart); ci ha messo tutta la sua buona volontà, he put all he'd got into it; devi dirmi tutta la verità, you must tell me the whole truth; tutta Parigi ne parla, all Paris is talking about it; tutta la città era in pericolo, the whole city was in danger; ha letto tutto Dante, he has read all (of) Dante's works; ha speso lo stipendio tutto intero, he has spent all his salary // in tutto il mondo, all over the world // per tutta la casa, all over the house; ha viaggiato per tutta l'Europa, he has travelled all over Europe // per tutto il giorno, all day long // per tutta la notte, l'inverno, all through (o throughout) the night, the winter; ha dormito per tutta la durata del film, he slept throughout (o all through) the film // Con uso predicativo: il pane è tutto in tavola, the bread is all on the table; il problema era tutto qui, that was all the problem; la difficoltà sta tutta nel cominciare, all the problem lies in how to start

2 pl. all (con costr. pl.); ( ogni) every; ( ciascuno) each (con costr. sing.): tutti gli uomini sono uguali, all men are equal; l'appello è rivolto a tutti i cittadini, the appeal is addressed to all (the) citizens; invitò tutti i suoi amici alla festa, he invited all his friends to the party; malgrado tutti i suoi difetti, la trovo simpatica, I like her despite all her faults; tutte le strade erano bloccate, all the roads were blocked; sono stati venduti tutti ( quanti) i biglietti, all the tickets were sold; da chi hai saputo tutte queste cose?, where did you learn all these things?; ci vediamo tutti i giorni, we see each other every day; tutti i partecipanti riceveranno un premio, all the participants will receive a prize (o everyone taking part will receive a prize); c'erano atleti di tutte le nazionalità, there were athletes of all nationalities (o of every nationality); riceve visite a tutte le ore, he receives visitors at all hours // tutti gli altri, all the others // tutti quanti, everyone // tutti e due i fratelli, both brothers; tutt'e tre, tutt'e quattro le sorelle, all three, all four sisters // noi tutti, we all (o all of us); voi tutti, you all (o all of you); tutti loro, (sogg.) they all (o all of them), (compl.) them all (o all of them) // Anche con uso predicativo: i bambini erano tutti a dormire, the children were all sleeping; le auto erano tutte straniere, the cars were all foreign ones

3 ( con valore di completamente) all; quite; completely: è tutto sbagliato, it's all wrong; se ne andò tutto felice, he went off as happy as could be (o he went off quite happily); sei tutto bagnato, you're all wet (o wet through); era tutto commosso, he was very moved.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: a tutta forza, as hard as one can (o at full speed) // a tutta prova, well tried // a tutto spiano, a tutto andare, all out // a tutta velocità, at top (o full) speed // a tutt'oggi, up to the present (o until today o so far) // a tutto il 20 agosto, to 20th August inclusive // in tutta sincerità, in tutta onestà, in all sincerity, in all honesty // in tutta confidenza, quite frankly // di tutto punto, fully (o completely): essere vestito di tutto punto, to be fully dressed // è tutt'altra cosa, it's quite different // sono di tutt'altro parere, I disagree entirely // (mar.) tutta a dritta!, hard over!; avanti tutta!, full steam ahead!

tutto pron.indef.

1 ( ogni cosa) all; everything: tutto è finito, it's all over; era tutto deciso, it was all decided; va tutto bene?, is everything all right?; gli hai detto tutto?, did you tell him everything?; tutto era facile per lui, everything was easy for him; penserò a tutto io, I'll see to everything; nostro padre era tutto per noi, our father was everything to us; sa tutto, he knows everything; abbiamo speso tutto, we have spent everything; ha mangiato tutto ( quanto), he ate everything; gli ho dato tutto quello che avevo, I gave him all (o everything) I had; abbiamo parlato di tutto, we talked about everything; un po' di tutto, di tutto un po', a bit of everything; grazie di tutto!, thank you for everything! // mi ha detto di tutto!, he really gave it me! // prima di tutto, innanzi tutto, ( per prima cosa) first of all; ( in primo luogo) in the first place; ( soprattutto) above all // dopo tutto, after all // ecco tutto, questo è tutto, that's all // e non è tutto!, and that's not all! // o tutto o niente, all or nothing // tutto sommato, all in all // tutto sta che io arrivi in tempo, it all depends on my arriving in time // sa fare di tutto, he knows how to do everything; mangia di tutto, he eats anything and everything // essere capace di tutto, to be capable of anything // fare di tutto per..., to do everything one can do to...

2 pl. all (con costr. pl.); ( ognuno) everybody, everyone; ( ciascuno) each (one) (con costr. sing.): sono arrivati tutti insieme, they all arrived together; lo sanno tutti, everyone knows; non tutti la pensano come te, they don't all share your opinion; va d'accordo con tutti, he gets on well with everyone; qui conosco tutti uno per uno, I know each and every one here; alla cerimonia c'eravamo tutti, we were all at the ceremony; sono partiti tutti, they have all left; è opinione di tutti, it's everyone's opinion; tutti dicono che..., everyone says that...; ci sarà da bere per tutti, there will be drinks for everyone; verrà distribuita a tutti una scheda di partecipazione, a participation form will be distributed to everyone; ''Quanto costano questi impermeabili?'' ''Costano tutti sui 200 euro'', ''How much do these raincoats cost?'' ''They each cost (o each of them costs) about 200 euros // tutti e due ( noi, voi, loro), we, you, they both (o both of us, you, them) // tutti e tre, tutti e quattro, all three, all four: andarono tutti e quattro, all four of them went // zitti tutti!, everyone be quiet! // fermi tutti!, hold it!

◆ s.m. ( l'intero) whole; ( totale) total; ( ogni cosa) everything: il tutto costava sul mezzo milione, the whole (thing) came to about half a million lire; mescolate il tutto fino a ottenere una crema densa, mix everything to a thick cream; moltiplicare, dividere il tutto per mille, multiply, divide the total by a thousand; riceverete il tutto entro pochi giorni, you will receive everything in a few days' time // tentare il tutto per tutto, to risk everything on a single throw.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: del tutto, in tutto e per tutto, quite (o completely): le sue conclusioni sono del tutto sbagliate, his conclusions are quite (o completely) wrong; la copia è in tutto e per tutto identica all'originale, the copy is absolutely identical to the original // in tutto, in all: siamo venti in tutto, there are twenty of us in all; quanto fa in tutto?, how much is it all together? (o in all?); sono 150 euro in tutto, it's 150 euros all together (o in all) // tutto intorno, all around // tutt'al più → tuttalpiù // tutt'altro!, on the contrary (o not at all)!: ''Sei stanco?'' ''Tutt'altro!'', ''Are you tired?'' ''Not at all''; tutt'altro che, anything but: è tutt'altro che onesto, he's anything but honest; ha fatto tutt'altro che studiare, he did anything but study // è tutto dire, that's saying a lot // con tutto che..., ( sebbene, malgrado) (al)though.

* * *
['tutto] tutto (-a)
1. agg

1) (intero) all (of), the whole (of)

ha letto tutto Dante — he has read all of Dante

tutta l' Europa — the whole of o all Europe

ho tutta la sua fiducia — I have his complete confidence

ha studiato tutto il giorno — he studied the whole day o all day long

famoso in tutto il mondo — world-famous, famous the world over

rimanere sveglio tutta la notte — to stay awake all night (long)

a tutt' oggi — so far, up till now

si diffuse in tutto il paese — it spread through the whole country

sarò qui tutta la settimana — I'll be here all week o the whole week

tutta una bottiglia — a whole bottle

tutta la verità — the whole truth

2)

(proprio) è tutt' altra cosa; è tutta un' altra cosa — (è ben diverso) that's quite another thing

viaggiare in aereo è tutt' altra cosa — (è meglio) travelling by plane is altogether different

è tutta sua madre — she's just o exactly like her mother

è tutto l' opposto di... — it's the exact opposite of...

3)

(completamente) era tutta contenta — she was overjoyed

è tutta gambe e braccia — she's all arms and legs

è tutto naso — he's got a big nose

essere tutt' occhi — to be all eyes

essere tutt' orecchi — to be all ears

è tutta presa dal suo lavoro — she's completely o entirely taken up by her work

era tutta sorrisi e sorrisetti — she was all smiles

tremava tutto — he was trembling all over

era tutta vestita di nero — she was dressed all in black

4) (plurale, collettivo) all

tutti gli animali — all animals

tutte queste cose — all these things

in tutte le direzioni — in all directions, in every direction

tutti e cinque — all five of us (o them)

tutti e due — both o each of us (o them)

con tutti i pensieri che ho — worried as I am, with all my worries

tutti i posti erano occupati — all the seats were o every seat was occupied

tutti i ragazzi — all the boys

tutti gli uomini — all men

una volta per tutte — once and for all

5) (qualsiasi) all

a tutti i costi — at all costs

in tutti i modi — (a qualsiasi costo) at all costs, (comunque) anyway

telefona a tutte le ore — she phones at all hours

6)

(ogni) tutti gli anni — every year

tutti i santi giorni — every blessed day

tutti i venerdì — every Friday

tutte le volte che — every time (that)

7)

(fraseologia) con tutta l' anima — wholeheartedly

con tutto il cuore — wholeheartedly

la sua fedeltà è a tutta prova — his loyalty is unshakeable o will stand any test

per me è tutt' uno — it's all one and the same to me

a tutta velocità — at full o top speed

con tutta la mia buona volontà, non posso aiutarti — however much I may want to, I can't help you

2. pron

1) (ogni cosa) everything, all, (qualunque cosa) anything

ha fatto (un po') di tutto — he's done (a bit of) everything

essere capace di tutto — to be capable of anything

mangia di tutto — he eats anything

farebbe di tutto per ferirti — he would do anything to hurt you

dimmi tutto — tell me everything

tutto dipende da lui — everything o it all depends on him

tutto è in ordine — everything's in order

questo è tutto quello che ho — this is all I have

tutto sta a vedere se... — it all depends on whether or not...

tutto sta nel cominciare — the essential o important thing is to get started

2)

(fraseologia) tutto compreso — inclusive, all-in Brit

questo è tutto — that's all (I have to say)

con tutto che — (malgrado) although

tutto considerato — all things considered

...che è tutto dire —... and that's saying a lot

ecco tutto — that's all (I have to say)

in tutto — (complessivamente) in all

in tutto sono 180 euro — that's 180 euros in all

in tutto e per tutto — (completamente) entirely, completely

dipende in tutto e per tutto dai suoi — he is entirely o completely dependent on his parents

innanzi tutto — first of all

e non è tutto — and that's not all

prima di tutto — first of all

tutto sommato — all things considered

3.

tutti(e) sm/fpl — (tutte le persone) all (of them), (ognuno) everybody

erano tutti presenti — everybody was o they were all present

vengono tutti — they are all coming, everybody's coming

tutti quanti — all and sundry

4. avv

1) (completamente) entirely, quite, completely

è tutto il contrario — it's quite o exactly the opposite

è tutto il contrario di ciò che credi — it's not what you think at all

fa tutto il contrario di quello che gli dico — he does the exact opposite of what I tell him to do

del tutto — completely

non sono del tutto convinto/sicuro — I'm not entirely convinced/sure

è tutto l' opposto — it's quite o exactly the opposite

2)

(fraseologia) saranno stati tutt' al più una cinquantina — there were about fifty of them at (the very) most

tutt' al più possiamo prendere un treno — if the worst comes to the worst we can catch a train

tutt' altro — (al contrario) on the contrary, (affatto) not at all

tutt' altro che felice — anything but happy

tutt' intorno — all around

tutto a un tratto — all of a sudden, suddenly

5. sm

(l'insieme) il tutto — the whole lot, all of it

il tutto costa 550 euro — the whole thing o lot costs 550 euros

vi manderemo il tutto nel corso della settimana — we'll send you the (whole) lot during the course of the week

il tutto si è risolto in bene — everything turned out for the best

rischiare il tutto per tutto — to risk everything

* * *
['tutto] 1.
aggettivo indefinito

1) all; (intero) whole

tutto il denaro — all the money

- a la storia — the whole story

con tutto il mio affetto — (nelle lettere) all my love

tutto l'anno — all year round

(per) tutto il giorno, la notte — all day, night long

(per) tutto il tempo — all the time

per -a la sua vita — all o throughout his life, in his whole life

(per) tutto l'inverno — throughout the winter

lungo tutto il fiume — all along the river

- a Roma ne parla — the whole of Rome is talking about it

in o per tutto il paese — throughout o all over the country

2) (seguito da pronome dimostrativo)

è tutto quello che so — that's all I know

tutt'altro che — anything but

tutt'altro! — not at all!

3) (completo)

in -a onestà — in all honesty

in -a franchezza... — to be perfectly frank...

con tutto il rispetto — with all due respect

per -a risposta si mise a ridere — her only answer was to laugh

4) (compreso)

a tutt'oggi — up to the present, until today

5) (con uso avverbiale, enfatico)

tutto solo — all alone o on one's own

tutto bagnato — all wet

tutto sbagliato — completely wrong

tutt'intorno — all around

ha un appartamento tutto suo — he's got a flat of his own

è tutto tuo — it's all yours

è -a un'altra faccenda — that's another matter altogether

è tutto sua madre — he looks just like his mother
2.
pronome

1) all; (ogni cosa) everything; (qualsiasi cosa) anything

rischiare tutto — to risk all

è tutto a posto? — is everything all right?

si è inventato tutto — he made the whole thing up

tutto sta a indicare che — all the indications are that

è tutto — that's all

è tutto qui? — will that be all?

è tutto fuorché intelligente — he's anything but intelligent

mangerebbe di tutto — he'd eat anything

è capace di tutto — he is capable of anything

prima di tutto — first of all

50 in tutto — 50 in all

quanto fa in tutto? — how much is that altogether?

è un gentiluomo in tutto e per tutto — he's every inch a gentleman

si assomigliano in tutto e per tutto — they are alike in every way

tutto sommato — all in all

è tutto dire — that says it all

2) (in espressioni ellittiche)

provarle -e — to try everything

mettercela -a — to try hard

le pensa -e — he knows all the tricks

3) del tutto altogether, perfectly, quite

è del tutto naturale — it's quite natural

l'operazione non è del tutto riuscita — the operation is not entirely successful
3.
sostantivo maschile whole

vendere il tutto per 50 euro — to sell the whole (thing) for 50 euros

rischiare il tutto per tutto — to go for broke
4.
aggettivo indefinito plurale tutti

1) all; (ogni) every; (ciascuno) each; (qualsiasi) any

- i gli uomini nascono uguali — all men are born equal

a -e le ore — at all hours

- i i pomeriggi — every afternoon

in -i i modi — in every way

- e le volte che faccio — each time I do

a -i i costi — at all costs, at any cost

2) (con pronomi personali)

- i noi o noi -i vogliamo we all o all of us want; di' a -i loro cosa è accaduto — tell them all what happened
5.
pronome indefinito plurale tutti all; (ognuno) everybody, everyone; (ciascuno) each (one)

grazie a -i — thank you all

parlavano -i insieme — they were talking all together o all at once

non -i sono venuti — not all of them came

- i quanti sbagliamo — we all make mistakes

uscirono -i e due — they both left

andremo -i e tre — all three of us will go

- i gli altri — everybody else

ascoltate -i! — listen everybody!

lo sanno -i — everybody knows that

ho ringraziato -i — I thanked each of them

* * *

tutto

/'tutto/

I aggettivo indefinito

1 all; (intero) whole; tutto il denaro all the money; - a la storia the whole story; con tutto il mio affetto (nelle lettere) all my love; tutto l'anno all year round; (per) tutto il giorno, la notte all day, night long; (per) tutto il tempo all the time; per -a la sua vita all o throughout his life, in his whole life; (per) tutto l'inverno throughout the winter; lungo tutto il fiume all along the river; - a Roma ne parla the whole of Rome is talking about it; in o per tutto il paese throughout o all over the country

2 (seguito da pronome dimostrativo) è tutto quello che so that's all I know; tutt'altro che anything but; tutt'altro! not at all!

3 (completo) in -a onestà in all honesty; in -a franchezza... to be perfectly frank...; con tutto il rispetto with all due respect; per -a risposta si mise a ridere her only answer was to laugh

4 (compreso) a tutt'oggi up to the present, until today

5 (con uso avverbiale, enfatico) tutto solo all alone o on one's own; tutto bagnato all wet; tutto sbagliato completely wrong; tutt'intorno all around; ha un appartamento tutto suo he's got a flat of his own; è tutto tuo it's all yours; è -a un'altra faccenda that's another matter altogether; è tutto sua madre he looks just like his mother

II pronome

1 all; (ogni cosa) everything; (qualsiasi cosa) anything; rischiare tutto to risk all; è tutto a posto? is everything all right? si è inventato tutto he made the whole thing up; tutto sta a indicare che all the indications are that; è tutto that's all; è tutto qui? will that be all? è tutto fuorché intelligente he's anything but intelligent; mangerebbe di tutto he'd eat anything; è capace di tutto he is capable of anything; prima di tutto first of all; 50 in tutto 50 in all; quanto fa in tutto? how much is that altogether? è un gentiluomo in tutto e per tutto he's every inch a gentleman; si assomigliano in tutto e per tutto they are alike in every way; tutto sommato all in all; è tutto dire that says it all

2 (in espressioni ellittiche) provarle -e to try everything; mettercela -a to try hard; le pensa -e he knows all the tricks

3 del tutto altogether, perfectly, quite; è del tutto naturale it's quite natural; l'operazione non è del tutto riuscita the operation is not entirely successful

III sostantivo m.

whole; vendere il tutto per 50 euro to sell the whole (thing) for 50 euros; rischiare il tutto per tutto to go for broke

IV tutti agg.ind.pl.

1 all; (ogni) every; (ciascuno) each; (qualsiasi) any; - i gli uomini nascono uguali all men are born equal; a -e le ore at all hours; - i i pomeriggi every afternoon; in -i i modi in every way; - e le volte che faccio each time I do; a -i i costi at all costs, at any cost

2 (con pronomi personali) -i noi o noi -i vogliamo we all o all of us want; di' a -i loro cosa è accaduto tell them all what happened

V tutti pron.ind.pl.

all; (ognuno) everybody, everyone; (ciascuno) each (one); grazie a -i thank you all; parlavano -i insieme they were talking all together o all at once; non -i sono venuti not all of them came; - i quanti sbagliamo we all make mistakes; uscirono -i e due they both left; andremo -i e tre all three of us will go; - i gli altri everybody else; ascoltate -i! listen everybody! lo sanno -i everybody knows that; ho ringraziato -i I thanked each of them.

\

See also notes... (tutto.pdf)

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > tutto
10 UM

of

* * *

older umb, prep. with acc. and dat.

I. with acc.

1) around (slá hring um e-n);

2) about, all over (hárit féll um hana alla); um allar sveitir, all over the country; mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered; liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor;

3) of proportion; margir voru um einn, many against one; um einn hest voru tveir menn, two men to each horse;

4) round, past, beyond, with verbs denoting motion (sigla vestr um Bretland); leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship; ríða um tún, to pass by a place;

5) over, across, along (flytja e-n um haf); kominn um langan veg, come from a long way off; ganga um gólf, to cross the floor (but also to walk up and down the floor); slá, er lá um þvert skipit, a beam that lay athwart the ship; um kné sér, across the knee; e-t er hœgt um hönd, gives little trouble, is ready to hand;

6) of time, during, in the course of (um messuna, um þingit, um sumarit); þat var um nótt, by night; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day; lengra en fara megi um dag, in the course of one day;

7) at a point of time (hann kom at höllinni um drykkju); um þat, at that time, then; um þat er, when (um þat, er vér erum allir at velli lagðir);

8) of, about, in regard to a thing; bera um e-t, dœma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about; tala um e-t, to speak of; annast um e-t, to attend to; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself; hvárr um sik, each for himself; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities;

9) e-m er ekki um e-t, one does not like (var honum ekki um Norðmenn); with infin., honum er ekki um at berjast í dag, he has no liking to fight to-day; er þér nökkut um, at vér rannsökum þik ok hús þín, have you any objection that we …?; e-m er mikit (lítil) um e-t, one likes it much, little (Guðrúnu var lítil um þat); sá, er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked better; e-m finnst mikit um e-t, one is much pleased umwith, has a high opinion of (konungi fannst mikit um list þá ok kurteisi þá, er þar var á öllu);

10) because of, for; öfunda e-n um e-t, to envy one for a thing; verða útlagt um e-t, to be fined for a transgression; um sakleysi, without cause;

11) beyond, above; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, more than one mile; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be thirty-one; e-m um afl, um megn, beyond one’s strength, more than one can do (þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn); kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself; um of, too much, excessive (þótti mörgum þetta um of); um alla menn fram or um fram alla menn, above all men (hón unni honum um alla menn fram); e-m er e-t um hug, one has no mind for, dislikes (ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss);

12) over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over (féll bóandinn um hann);

13) by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats;

14) about; þeir sögðu honum, hvat um var at vera, what it was about, how matters stood; hvat sem um þat er, however that may be; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing (lætr sem hann eigi um ekki at vera); var fátt um með þeim, they were not on good terms;

15) ellipt., ef satt skal um tala, if the truth must be told; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out;

16) as adv., gekk um veðrit, veered round, changed; ríða (sigla) um, to ride (sail) by; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótit var langt um úfœrt (úreitt), quite impassable; um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku, er um var liðin, in the past umweek;

II. with dat.

1) over, esp. poet.; sitja um borðum = sitja yfir borðum; sá es um verði glissir, he that gabbles over a meal;

2) of time, by; um dögum, um nóttum, by day, by night; um sumrum, haustum, vetrum, várum, in the summer, etc.; um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer.

* * *

umb, of, prep. (sounded umm); umb is used in the oldest vellums (the Eluc., Greg., Miracle-book, Jb.), and occurs now and then in later vellums (e. g. Orkn. 218, Fms. x. 378, xi. 63, 64), perh. from being a transcript of an old vellum; in rhymes, umb, tr umbu, Fms. viii. (in a verse of A. D. 1184); for of see ‘of’ at p. 462, col. 2: [A. S. ymbe; Germ. um; um and yfir (q. v.) are identical.]

WITH ACC.

A. Around; silki-hlað um höfuð, Ld. 188; um höfuð henni, 36; hafa um sik belti, Nj. 91, 184; um herðar sér, Ld. 56; leggja linda umb kistu, leggja lindann umb enn vanheila mann, Bs. i. 337; gyrða um sik, Sks.; beta strengi um ásenda … festa endana um steina, Nj. 115; vefjask um fótinn, Fms. iv. 335; upp um herðarnar, Eg. 580; göra garð of engi, Grág. ii. 288; lykja um akra ok eng, Eg. 529; skjóta um hann skjaldborg, Nj. 274; slá hring um e-n, 275, Eg. 88; fara í hring um skipit, Ld. 56; taka um hönd e-m, Ó. H. 176; þar var poki um útan, Ld. 188; honum vefsk tunga um höfuð, Nj. 160; vefsk tunga um tönn (see tönn) … strjúka dúki um augu, Fms. v. 326, Fs. 114 (in a verse); sjó, er fellr um heim allan, Róm. 193: Aðils jarl féll ok mart manna um hann, Eg. 297; tjalda um skip sín, Fms. xi. 63; hafa um sik ( about oneself) fjölmenni, Eg. 12, 38; selit var gört um einn ás, Ld. 280.

II. about, all over, denoting the surface; manna-ferð um héraðit, Ld. 257; fylgja þeim um einn skóg, Karl. 348; hann hafði goðorð suðr um Nesin, Ísl. ii. 207; herja um Skotland, Írland, Fms. i. 23; næfrum var þakt um ræfrit, Eg. 90; dæma för úmögum um þat þing, Grág. i. 127; flýja hingað ok þangat um eyjarnar, Fms. vii. 43; um allar sveitir, all over the country, Boll. 362; kunnigt er mér um allt Ísland, Nj. 32; of allan Noreg, Fms. x. 118; um alla Svíþjóð, Ó. H. 17; um allt ríki sitt, Eg. 278; sitja um mitt landit, about the midland, Fms. i. 26; um miðjan skóginn er smáviði, Eg. 580; sjá um alla veröld, Ó. H. 202; kominn um langan veg, come a long way off, Stj. 366, Skv. 8; of lopt ok um lög, Hkv. 1. 21; fátt kom um lengra, farther off, Fb. ii. 303; hárit féll um hana alla, Landn. 151, Fas. i. 244; hárit hékk ofan um bringu, Fas. ii. 518: mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered, Nj. 200; þykkr um bóga, þeim manni er beit á of garðinn, Grág. ii. 286; skalat hann verja um bóstað hans, 222; kveðja um þann vetvang, 106; kveðja búa heiman um þann stað, i. 130, 355: liggja um strengi, Ld. 76; or liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor, Eg. 261, 374, Fms. ii. 5, ix. 45, x. 351.

2. of proportion; margir vóru um einn, too many against one, Ld. 156; þar vóru fjórir of einn ( four to one) mót Hákoni, Fms. x. 382; eigi minni liðs-munr, en sex mundi vera um Hákonar mann einn, i. 43; um einn hest vóru tveir menn, two men to each horse, vii. 295; sex menn sé um sáld, Grág. ii. 402: Hrafn var mjök einn um sitt, kept for himself, Fs. 29; malit hefi ek mitt of leiti? Gs. 16.

III. off, past, beyond (cp. yfir), with verbs denoting motion; fara … suðr um Stað, Eg. 12; norðr um Stað, Fms. vii. 7; sigla vestr um Bretland, Nj. 281; er þeir kómu fram um Bjarkey, Ó. H. 137; norðr um Jaðar, 182; austan um Foldina, Eg. 81; út um Eldey, Eb. 108; austr um búðina, Nj. 231; ríða um þá þrjá bæi, Grág. i. 432; hann hljóp um þá, ok í fjall upp, passed them by, Landn. 89; sigla svá um oss fram, Orkn. 402; leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship, Fms. x. 346; leita langt um skamt fram, Nj. 207 (cp. Lat. quod petis hic est); vaða jörð upp um klaufir, Ld. 336; fram um stafn, Landn. 29; aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 266; honum var úhægt at höggva um bríkina, Sturl. iii. 219; ríða um tún, to pass by a place, Ísl. ii. 252; neðan um sáðlandit, Nj. 82; fara of engi manns, Grág. ii. 277; fara um góð héruð, Landn. 37; ganga upp um bryggjuna, Eg. 195; ganga um stræti, by the road, Korm. 228; róa út um sund, Eg. 385; kominn um langan veg, 410; þeim dropum er renna um þekjuna, Fms. i. 263.

2. over, across, along; sá er annan dregr um eldinn, Fms. i. 305; skyldi ganga um gólf at minnum öllum, to cross the flood, Eg. 253; but also to walk up and down the floor, 247; bera öl um eld, to bear the ale across the fire, Fms. vi. 442; slá um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; sigla vestr um haf, Fms. i. 22; ríða vestr um ár, austr um ár, Nj. 10, 99; suðr um sæ, Eg. 288; flytja e-n um haf, Nj. 128; austan um Kjöl, Ó. H.; sunnan um fjall, Fms. x. 3; suðr um fjall, Eg. 476; um þvera stofu, Fms. vi. 440; um þvera búð, Grág. i. 24; um þvert nesit, Fms. xi. 65; um öxl, round or across the shoulder, Ld. 276; um kné sér, across the knee, Eg. 304: the phrase, mér er e-ð um hönd, difficult to lay hand on, hard, not easy; and again, hægt um hönd, giving little trouble, easy to lay hand on; ykkr er þat hægst um hönd, easiest for you, Nj. 25; þegar eg vil er hægt um hönd, heima á Fróni at vera, Núm.; kastaði (the mail) um söðul sinn, across the saddle, Grett. 93 A.

IV. with adverbs denoting direction, upp um, út um, niðr um, ofan um, inn um, fram um, with acc. or ellipt.; sær féll út ok inn of nökkvann, Edda 36; loginn stóð inn um ræfrit, Eg. 239; hann var kominn upp um ský, Fms. i. 137; út um bringuna, Ld. 150; hann gékk út of Miðgarð, Edda 35; ganga út um dyrr, Eg. 420; fara út um glugg, Fms. ix. 3; út um glugginn, Ld. 278; láta sér um munn fara, to pass out of the mouth, Háv. 51; ferr orð er um munn líðr, Sturl. i. 207.

B. Temp. during, in the course of, cp. Engl. that spring, that summer; um messuna, Fms. x. 109; um þingit, Eg. 765; um sex ár, Stj.; um vetrinn, Eg. 168; of sumarit, Fms. x. 93; um sumarit, Nj. 4; um várit, Eg. 42; um nótt, Grág. i. 115; þat var um nótt, by night, Ld. 152; hann mátti eigi sofa um nætr, Nj. 210; sofa um nóttina, 7; vera þar um nóttina, 252; lengra enn fara megi um dag, in the course of one day, Grág. i. 89; um daginn, for the rest of the day, Ld. 42; um morna, Landn. (in a verse), Ó. H. 44; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day, Sks. 20 new Ed.; um allar aldir, Edda; um alla daga, all day long, Skm. 4; um alla sína daga, all his days, Hom. 114; allt um hans æfi, Eg. 268; um aldr, for ever, passim; um tíma, for a while, Mar.; um hríð, um stund, for a while, see stund, hríð; um … sakar, a while, see sök (A. III. 2); um samt, altogether, Sks. 113 B.

2. above, beyond; standa um várþing, Grág. i. 103; um hálfan mánuð, Fms. ix. 526, v. l.; um viku, above a week.

3. at a point of time, at; hann kom at höllinni um drykkju, Nj. 269; of matmál, at meal time, Grág. i. 261; um dagmál, um náttmál, einnhvern dag um þingit, Ld. 290; eitt hvert sinn um haustið, Nj. 26; þat var of vár, Fms. x. 389; um várit urðu mikil tíðendi, 2; þeir höfðu verit á sundi um daginn, Ld. 130; opt um daga, Edda 39; um daginn, the other day: um þat, when; um þat er þrír vetr eru liðnir, Ld. 146; um þat þessir eru bættir, Eg. 426; um þat lýkr, when the end is there, in the end, Fas. ii. 361; ef ek kom eigi aptr um þat, then, at that time, Fms. ii. 58; um þat er vér erum allir at velli lagðir, Eg. 426; um sinn, once, see sinni B, p. 530; um síðir, at last, see síð (II); um leið, at the same time; hér um bil, about so and so; um allt, of allt, always; Kristinn dóin má um allt sækja, at all times, N. G. L. ii. 154; nokkrum sinnum, ok hefir mér ofallt íllt þótt, Fms. v. 205 (see ávallt, p. 47, col. 2).

C. Metaph. usages, of, about, in regard to a thing, Lat. de; halda vörð á um e-t, Eg. ch. 27; annask um e-t, to attend to, Nj. 75, Glúm. 342, Kormak; gefa gaum at um e-t, to give heed to, Ó. H. 215; bera um e-t, dæma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about, Nj. 100; tala um e-t, to speak of, 40; þræta um e-t, to quarrel about; spyrja um e-t, to speer or ask about, 110; göra, yrkja um e-n, Fms. x. 378; halda njósn um e-t, Eg. 72; nefna, búa um mál, Nj. 86; um alla ráða-görð, 101; stefna e-m um e-t, Grág. i. 175, 313, Nj. 87; vera til eptir-máls um e-t, passim; frækinn um allt, in everything, 89; bera gæfu til um e-t, Eg. 76; kappsamr of allt, þeir hyggja þat lög um þat mál, Grág. i. 9; eitt ráð myndi honum um þat sýnask, Nj. 79; kunna hóf at um ágirni sína, Ó. H. 131; þat er um þat átan, er …, N. G. L. i. 19; þau tíðendi er görzk höfðu um ferðir Egils ok stórvirki, Eg. 686; stór úfarar görask of menn þessa, Fms. xi. 151; aumligt er um e-t, Hom. 159 (Ed.); seinkaðisk of svörin, 623. 16; mikit er um fyrirburði slíka, Nj. 119; þá var hvíld á um bardagann, 248; hann telzk undan um förina, Fms. xi. 69; ruðning um kviðinn, Nj.; misfangi um mark, a mistake as to a mark, Grág.; binda um heilt, to bind up a sound limb, Ld. 206: gróa um heilt, to become sound, be healed, Fms. xi. 87, Al. 120; ganga um beina, to attend; leita e-s í um mein hennar, Eg. 565; veita tilkall um arf, Eg.; leita um sættir, grið, Nj. 92; selja laun um liðveizlu, 214: in inscriptions of chapters, um so and so, = Lat. de; um viðrtal Njáls ok Skarphéðins, um misfanga ok um mark, um bæjar bruna, Nj., Grág., Fms.; göra mikit um sik, to make a great fuss, Fb. i. 545; görði mikit um sik ok var sjálfhælinn, Grett. 133 A: vera vel um sik ( of good quality) ok vinsæll, Fms. xi. 118; mey er ok vissa vænsta ok bezt um sik, 104; at hón væri í engum hlut verri um sik, Hkr. ii. 129; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself, Hm. 102; auga blátt ok snart ok vel um sik, Mag. 7; hvárr um sik, each for himself, one by one, Dipl. ii. 11; vér staðfestum þessa articulos hvern um sik ok sér hverja, 13; þykki mér þat undarligt um svá vitran mann, of a man so wise, Eg. 20; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities, Rb. 364; þat mátti vera um röskvan mann, Fms. vii. 227.

2. ganga um sýslur manna, to go about or upon men’s business, as an overseer. Eg. 2; ganga um beina, to attend, see beini.

3. e-m er mikit (ekki) um e-t, to like, dislike; Guðrúnu var lítið um þat … lítið ætla ek þeim um þat bræðrum, at …, Ld. 246, 264, Fms. ii. 81; var honum ekki um Norðmenn, Hkr. i. 128; Þórði kvaðsk ekki vera um manna-setur, Ld. 42; er þér nökkut um ( hast thou any objection?), at vér rannsakim þik ok hús þin, Gísl. 53; sá er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked more, Fms, ix. 36; ef þór er mikit um ráða-hug við mik, if thou art much bent on it, xi. 4.

4. búa um eitt lyndi, to be of one mind, Jb. 396; búa um nægtir, grun, skoll, búa um heilt, see búa (A. II); búa um hvílu, to make a bed; búa um okkr, Nj. 201 (see búa B. I. 2. γ); setjask um kyrt, to settle oneself to rest, take rest, Fas. ii. 530; or sitja um kyrt.

II. because of, for, Lat. ob; öfunda e-n um e-t ( invidere a-i a-d), Nj. 168; reiðask um e-t, um hvat reiddusk goðin þá, Bs. i. 22; telja á e-n of e-t, to blame one for a thing, Nj. 52; berja e-n íllyrðum um slikt, 64; lágu margir á hálsi honum þat, Fms. xi. 336; týna aldri um óra sök, Skv. 3. 49; verða útlagr um e-t, to be fined for a transgression, Grág. i. 16; dæmdr fjörbaugs-maðr um spellvirki, 129; maðr vegr mann um konu, if a man slays a person for [ violating] his wife, 61; um sakleysi, without cause, Nj. 106, 270, Bs. i. 19.

III. beyond, above; fimm hundruð gólfa ok um ( plus) fjórum togum, Gm. 24; kistan var eigi um vættar höfga, Bs. i. 712; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, Karl. 351; lítið um tuttugu menn, Sturl. i. 183; hann var ekki um tvítugan, Róm. 327; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be one beyond thirty, i. e. thirty-one, Sturl. i. 183: freq. in mod. usage, hafa tvo um þrítugt ( thirty-two), átta um fertugt ( forty-eight), tvo um fimtugt ( fifty-two), einn um áttrætt ( eighty-one); sá dagr, sem um vikur fullar er í árinu, Rb. 128: at yðr verði þat ekki um afl, beyond your strength, more than one can do, Band. 21 new Ed.; um megn, id., Fms. viii. 62; þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn, vi. 18; kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself: um of, excessive; þótti mörgum þetta um of, Vígl. 18: um fram (q. v.), beyond; um alla menn fram, above all men, Ld. 20, Fms. v. 343; um alla hluti fram, above all things; um þat fram sem ykkr var lofat, Sks.: um hug; vera e-t um hug, to have no mind for, dislike; ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss, Nj. 24.

IV. turned over, in exchange; skipta um, snúa um, venda um, see skipta III and snúa A. III.

V. over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over; hverr féll um annan, of heaps of slain. Eg. 24; fÉll bóandinn um hann, Nj. 96; detta um stein, þúfu, to stumble over a stone, mound; glotta um tönn, see tönn.

VI. by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats, Fb. i. 417; hefja upp of faðm saman, by a fathom, Grág. ii. 336; minka um helming, to decrease by one half; hverr um sik, each by himself, Rétt. 114.

VII. about; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing; þeir sögðu honum hvat um var at vera, what it was about, Hrafn. 18; sem engi ótti væri um at vera, no danger, Fms. iv. 57; eiga ekki um at vera, iii. 156; or, eiga um ekki at vera, Gísl. 30; eiga vandræði, fjölskyldi um at vera, Fms. vi. 378, xi. 78; hann segir honum um hvat vera er, what was the matter? Gísl. 36; þann sagði þvílíkt er hann hafði um at vera, Krok.; var fátt um með þeim, they were on cold terms, Nj. 2; var þá ekki lítið um, there was no little fuss about it, Bárð. 174; mikit er um þá maðrinn býr, mart hefir hann að hugsa, a ditty.

VIII. ellipt., til marks um, Nj. 56; þykkir honum vænkask um, Fms. xi. 135; þann mála-búnað at hann verðr sekr um, Nj. 88; ef satt skal um tala, 105; mér hefir tvennt um sýnzk, 3; menn ræddu um at vánt væri skip hans, 282; hér má ek vel svara þér um, 33; hann brá dúki um, Fms. x. 382; enda er þá djöfullinn um (about, lurking) at svíkja þann mann, Hom. 159; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out, Fms. xi. 64; ekki er við menn um at eiga, this is no dealing with men (but with trolls or devils), Nj. 97.

IX. with adverbs; í hring útan um, all round, Eg. 486; gékk um Veðrit, veered round, changed, Bs. i. 775; ríða um, to ride by, Eg. 748; sigla um, to sail by, Fms. x. 23; er konungr færi norðan ok suðr um, Eg. 53; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótið var langt um úfært, quite impassable, Nj. 63, 144; þessi veðr eru langt um úfær, Grett. 181 new Ed.; cp. mod. það er langt um betra, by far better; kring-um, all around, see A.V.

2. um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku er um var liðin, in the past week, Ísl. ii. 332.

WITH DAT.

A. Local, over, Lat. super; but almost entirely confined to poets, sitja um matborði (of Hkr. iii. 109) = sitja yfir matborði, Fms. viii. 51; um verði, over the table, Hm. 30; sitja of (= yfir) skörðum hlut, Ó. H. 150; sá er tvá húskarla á, ok um sjálfum sér, two house-carles besides himself, Grág. (Kb.) i. 10; um alda sonum, Fm. 16; er ek hafðak veldi of héruðum þessum, Clem. 35; hár söngr of svírum, Hornklofi; nema þér syngi um höfði, Hkv. 2; sitja um sínum ver, Vsp.; er ek sat soltin um Sigurði, Gkv. 2. 11; opin-spjallr um e-u, … þagmælskr um þjóðlygi (dat.), Ad. 1; um styrkum ættar stuðli, 12; ægis-hjálm bar ek um alda sonum, meðan ek um menjum lák, Fm. 16; gól um hánum, Vsp.; úlfr þaut um hræfi, Ó. H. (in a verse); see ‘of,’ prep., p. 462, col. 2, and yfir.

B. Of time, by; um dögum, by day, Fms. vi. 98, ix. 48; um nóttum, by night, vii. 166; um haustum, in the autumn, Eb. 216; bæði um haustum ok várum, both in autumn and spring, Sks. 235 B; um sumrum, Fms. vi. 255; um sumrum herjuðu þeir í Noreg, Eb. 3; þakt með ísum um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer, Sks. 181 B; opt um vetnim, Eg. 4; þeir liggja úti hvert sumar, en um vetrum eru þeir heima, Fms. xi. 97. This use with dat. is obsolete in mod. prose.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > UM
11 STANDA

stand

* * *

(stend; stóð, stóðum; staðinn), v.

1) to stand, opp. to sitja or liggja (hann stóð við vegginn);

koma standandi niðr, to come down on one’s feet;

skal mik niðr setja standanda, in a standing position;

standa fast, to stand fast;

standa höllum fœti, to stand slanting;

2) to stand, stick (G. skaut svá fast niðr skildinum, at hann stóð fastr í jörðunni);

sveininum stóð fiskbein í hálsi, the bone stuck in his throat;

3) to stand, remain;

borð stóðu, stood, were not removed;

4) to stand, be situated (bœr einn stóð skamt frá þeim);

5) to stand still, rest, pause (stóð þá kyrrt nökkura hríð);

verðr hér fyrst at standa sagan, the story must stop here for the present;

6) to last (hafði lengi staðit bardaginn);

7) to befit, become (konungr kvað þat eigi standa, at menn lægi svá);

ekki stendr þér slíkt, it does not befit thee;

8) to stand in a certain way, project, trend (fjögur horn ok stóðu fagrt, hit þriðja stóð í lopt upp);

stendr inn straumrinn, the tide (current) stands in;

blóðbogi stóð ór hvárutveggja eyranu, a stream of blood gushed out of both his ears;

kallar hann betr standa veðrit at fara landhallt, that the wind stands better for making land;

stóð vindr af landi, the wind blew from the land;

standa grunnt, to be shallow (vinátta okkur stendr grunnt);

9) to touch;

standa grunn, to stick on the ground (örkin stóð grunn);

10) to catch, overtake (hann drap menn Eiríks konungs, hvar sem hann stóð þá);

standa e-n at e-u, to catch one doing a thing (ef maðr verðr at því staðinn, at hann meiðir smala manna);

11) to stand, endure, bear (standa e-t or e-u);

12) to press, urge, trouble (elli stóð Hárek);

hvat stendr þik, what ails thee?

13) to weigh so much (gullhringr, er stóð mörk);

14) to stand by one, side with one, with dat.;

mikils er vert, hversu fast N. stendr þér um alla ráðagerð, how close N. stands by thee in all counsel;

15) with preps.:

standa af e-u, to proceed from, be caused by (opt stendr illt af kvenna hjali);

vil ok ek eigi, at af mér standi brigð okkarrar vináttu, nor do I wish to be the cause of a breach in our friendship;

standa af e-u við e-n, to give up, cede to one;

impers., segir hann honum, hvernig af stóð um ferð hans, how the matter stood as to his journey;

standa at e-m, to attack (var við sjálft, at þeir mundu standa at prestinum);

to stand by one, on one’s side (ek veit eigi víst, hvaðan G. inn ríki stendr at);

standa á e-u, to stand on, insist on (statt ei á því, er þér er bannat);

impers., stendr á illu einu með þeim, they are on very bad terms;

standa á e-m, to hang over one (sú skóggangssök, er á þér stendr); to refer to (þat heilræði stóð upp á þenna sama sendiboða);

standa eptir, to remain, be left;

standa fyrir e-u, to stand in the way of (þeir kváðu geip hennar ekki skyldu standa fyrir þingreið þeira);

standa e-m fyrir þrifum, to stand in the way of one’s thriving;

to stand before one, protect one (vér skulum Egil af lífi taka, en hlífa engum, er fyrir honum vill standa);

standa hjá e-m, to stand by one, assist one;

standa í e-u, to be engaged in, busied with (standa í bardögum, einvígum, málum, kvánbœnum);

impers., stendr í deilu með þeim, there is a quarrel between them;

standa með blóma, to be in a flourishing condition;

standa móti (á móti, í móti) e-u, to stand against;

standa saman, to stand together, be gathered, amassed (þar stóð auðr mikill saman);

standa til e-s, to tend towards;

standa til umbótar, to stand for mending, need it;

sem bœn yður stendr til, as your prayer tends to;

eptir þeim efnum, sem honum þœtti til standa, according to the merits of the case;

eptir því sem lög stóðu til, as the law was (taka þeir allir við bótum, sem lög stóðu til);

impers., stendr til e-s, it is to be expected, feared (til langra meina mun standa, ef);

standa e-m til e-s, to assist, help one (B. segir, hversu Ó. hafði honum til staðit);

standa undan, to be lacking (mikit stendr undan við hann í vinfenginu);

standa vel undir e-t, to support well, back it up well (munu margir vel undir þat standa);

standa undir e-m, to be in one’s possession, keeping (féit stendr undir honum);

standa upp, to stand up from a seat (þá stóð S. upp ok mælti hátt); to rise from bed (standa upp ok klæðast); to be left standing (fimm einir menn stóðu upp á skipinu);

standa uppi, to be left standing (K. hinn auðgi flýði ok allt lið hans, þat er uppi stóð; hús þau, er uppi stóðu);

to be laid up ashore, of a ship (stigu þeir á skip þat, er þar hafði uppi staðit um vetrinn);

of a corpse, to lie on the bier (lík Kjartans stóð uppi í viku í Hjarðarholti);

of a bow, to be kept bent (boginn má eigi einart uppi standa);

standa við e-u, to withstand (víkingar svá harðfengir, at ekki stendr við);

impers., stendr við e-t, it is on the verge of (þeir áttu svá harða leika, at við meiðingar stóð);

standa yfir e-u, to be present at (heldr vildi hann þenna kjósa en standa yfir drápi Þorgils frænda síns); to extend (þar er þeira ríki stendr yfir);

standa yfir, to stand over, last (hversu lengi skal fjárbón sjá yfir standa?);

í þessum griðum ok svardögum, sem yfir standa, which now stand, are in force;

16) refl., standast.

* * *

pres. stend, stendr, stöndum, standit, standa; pret. stóð, stótt, stóttú (mod. stóðst, stóðstú), stóð, pl. stóðum; subj. stæði; imperat. statt, stattú (cp. stand-þú); part. staðinn; pret. infin. stóðu = stelisse, Fms. vi. (in a verse); a medial form, pres. stöndumk (= stat mihi), Fm. 1. Kormak; pret. stóðumk (= stabant mihi), Hm. 106: with neg. suff. stóð-k-at, Fas. iii. 22 (in a verse). [Common to all Indo-Germ. languages.]

A. To stand; þó at hann gangi eðr standi áðr, Grág. ii. 95; hann stóð við vegginn, … stóð á víxl fótunum, Sturl. ii. 158; standa höllum fæti, Nj. 97; koma standandi niðr, to come down standing (after a leap), 85, Grág. ii. 110; skal mik niðr setja standanda, in a standing position, Ld. 54; munkr er eigi mátti standa á bænum ok reikaði, Greg. 62; standa á götu e-s, Nj. 109; standa fast, to stand fast, 92; standa frammi, to stand, be on one’s feet, Fms. vii. 85; s. fyrir dómstóli keisarans, 656 C. 19; s. fyrir manni, to stand before a man, so as to screen him, Grág. ii. 12. 115, Eg. 357: s. hjá, to stand by, metaph. to assist, Fas. ii. 501: standa nær e-m, to stand near one, metaph. to back, Nj. 76; nær standa vinir Gunnars, 88.

2. to stay; Egill stóð meðan ok beið þeirra, Eg. 483; statt ( stop) ok trú mér, 623. 17.

3. to stand, stick; stóðu spjót þeirra ofan frá þeim, Nj. 253; at hann standi fastr í fönninni, 84; skildinum, svá at fastr stóð í vellinum, 262; öxin stóð á hamri, i. e. went through to the back, and stuck there, 165; sveininum stóð fiskbein í hálsi, the bone stuck in his throat, Blas. 40; ef nökkurum stendr bein í hálsi, 655 ix. B. 2: absol., það stendr í e-m, it sticks in one’s throat.

4. to stand, remain; borð stóðu, stood, were not removed, Fms. vii. 144; skála þann sem enn stendr í dag, Þórð. 58 new Ed.; svá lengi sem heimrinn stendr, Rb. 64; skyli bú yðr standa ú-rænt, Nj. 208.

5. to stand, be seated, placed;í þeim dal stendr kirkja, Greg. 57; kirkja sú er stendr í Reykja-holti, D. I. i. 476; bær einn stóð skamt frá þeim, Eg. 230; ór þeim sal er und þolli stendr … ask veit ek standa, … stóð fyrir norðan salr, sal veit hón standa, Vsp.; Lissibón stendr á Spáni, Fms. vii. 80; Narbón stendr vid Jórsala-haf, x. 85; öll þau fylki er í hans biskups-ríki stóðu, vii. 300; Illugastaði ok Hrafnagil er standa í Laxárdal, Dipl. v. 17; standa á bók, reikningi, skrá …, [Germ. es steht geschrieben], ii. 12, 13, Bs. i, passim. II. with prepp.; standa á e-u, to stand on, insist on, persevere in; statt eigi á því er þér er bannat, Mirm.; s. á illu ráði, id.; s. á hendi e-m, Nj. 88, Grág. i. 121 (see hönd); mest mundi á fyrir-mönnum standa, Nj. 106: to stand upon, s. á lögum, Js. 41; s. á rétti sínum, … standa á dómi e-s, to stand by, abide by:—s. gegn, á móti, to withstand, Hom. 7, Fms. ii. 36, 225, x. 401:—s. af e-u, to give up, Dan. afstaae, Fb. i. 523:—s. at, to help (at-stoð); hvaðan Guðmundr stendr at, … hvaðan sem hann stendr at, Nj. 214; þeim er þaðan standa at, 193:—s. eptir, to remain, N. G. L. i. 335, Fms. ii. 231, vi. 248, Grág. ii. 301, Eg. 202, Rb. 116, Hom. 12, Stj. 422 (eptir-stöðvar = arrears):—s. fyrir, to stand before, to stand in the way of a thing, Ísl. ii. 262, Fms. vi. 61, Grág. i. 140; s. e-m fyrir þrifum, Fms. ii. 154; s. e-m fyrir gleði, vii. 162; s. e-m fyrir svefni, Gísl. (in a verse); s. e-m fyrir ljósi, to stand in the way of one’s light; láta e-t s. fyrir kaupi, Nj. 17; láta s. fyrir kviðburði, 87; ef afl hefir staðit fyrir kvið þeirra, Grág. i. 53; þat á eigi fyrir málum at s., 106; eiðr Vermundar stóð fyrir, Fbr. 22; járni á hann fyrir at standa, N. G. L. i. 342; s. fyrir með eineiði, 346:—s. í e-u, to be deeply engaged in; s. í bardögum, einvígum, málum, stórmælum, kvánbænum, etc., Eg. 486, Ld. 262, Nj. 53, 224, 227, Ísl. ii. 216; standa í ábirgð, Dipl. v. 24; s. í þjónustu, Mar.:—standa saman, to stand together, put together in one place; þar stóðu saman fé mikil, Eg. 318; stóð úmegð mörg saman, Ísl. ii. 198; þar stóð auðr mikill saman, Ld. 124: to consist, Hom. 2:—s. undir e-u, to be subject to; s. undir prófi, Dipl. i. 6; féit stendr undir honum, is in his keeping, Grág. i. 395: standa undir með e-m, to support, Sturl. i. 20; s. vel undir e-t, to support well, back, Nj. 215, Fms. vii. 125; jarl stóð vel undir hans mál, viii. 282; munu margir vel undir þat s., to back it up well, Ó. H. 52:—standa upp, to stand up from a seat, Nj. 3, Fms. i. 33, x. 401: to rise from bed, Nj. 69, Eg. 121; s. upp fyrir dag, 577; s. upp ok klæðask, Ld. 44; hann liggr sjúkr … þar er standi aldri upp, Nj. 80 (standa upp ór sótt); s. upp með e-m, to rise, join one, Sturl. ii. 203:—s. uppi, of a ship, to be laid up ashore (during the winter), Nj. 259, Ísl. ii. 273: of a corpse, to lie on the bier, Fms. ii. 257, Ám. 101: of a bow, to be kept bent, 623. 19: standa upp, to be standing, be left standing on one’s feet; færri standa upp enn fallnir eru, Fms. xi. 110; stóðu þá enn upp mjök margir á skeiðinni, many still stood up (not dead or wounded), 142; flýði allt lið er upp stóð, Eg. 33; fimm einir menn stóðu upp á skipinu, Orkn. 356 old Ed., (new Ed. 414 l. c. leaves out ‘upp’); meðan ek má upp standa ok vápnum valda, Ld. 170: standa uppi, id., Fms, viii. 139, Hkr. i. 210:—standa við e-u, to withstand, Grág. i. 1, 336 (við-staða); svá harðfengir at ekki stendr við, Nj. 271; svá mikit troll at ekki stendr við honum, Bárð. 177; þeir skutu svá hart, at ekki stóðu við hlífarnar, Fms. i. 173: to stand against, stop, hann stóð við litla stund (við-staða, a pause, halt):—standa yfir, svá lengi sem þingboð stæði yfir, lasted, Fms. ii. 216: hversu lengi skal fjárbón sjá yfir standa? Nj. 141; í þessum griðum ok svardögum sem yfir standa, which now stand, are in force, Fms. xi. 365; þar er þeirra ríki stendr yfir, extends, Eg. 344.

B. Metaph. usage, to stand still, rest, pause; verðr hér fyrst at standa sagan, the story must stop here, Fms. vi. 56: nú skal hér standa um athæfi Varbelgja, ix. 473; skulu sóknir standa, meðan leiðangr er úti, Gþl. 486; útlegðar-sakir skulu eigi standa um várþing, Grág. i. 103; skyldi málit standa um nóttina til rannsaks, Fms. ix. 414; skal þá standa leigan í hross-verðinu, Grág. i. 434; stóð þá kyrrt nokkura hrið, Fms. xi. 397; at svá búit stæði, Nj. 139; eigi mátti svá búit s., Fms. ii. 9; standa með blóma; stendr búit með miklum blóma, Band. 2.

2. to last; Guðs ríki stendr ei ok ei, Hom. 160; ok standa eina þrjá vetr, Sks. 323; þá sjau daga sem veizlan stóð, Stj.; en er þrjár nætr hafði veizlan staðit, Landn. 117; hafði lengi staðit bardaginn, Odd. 18; er deildir várar s. lengr, Eg. 738; stóð mikil deila milli þeirra langa hríð, Fms. x. 169; stóð þetta heimboð nokkut skeið, Nj. 81; meðan erfit stóð, Eb. ch. 54; stóð hennar hagr með þeim hætti, Bs. ii. 166:—to be valid, skal þetta testamentum s. ok haldask, Dipl. iv. 8; ok standa enn þau lög, Ver. 52; um tólf mánaðr stendr þeirra mál, Grág. i. 143; skal þat allt s. ok satt vera, 655 xxvii. 28; hans tala skal s. á fé sjálfs hans, K. Þ. K. 146; má þat eigi s. né fyrir satt halda, Stj. 31; hann mun láta s. boð þessi (stand by it), Nj. 77; þrjú kúgildi þau er standa með jörðunni, Dipl. iii. 8; ekki á Bjarkeyjar-réttr á því máli at standa, this case does not fall under the town jurisdiction, Fms. vii. 130; stendr þat mál ( it extends) um þrjá fjórðunga, Grág. i. 464.

3. to befit, become; konungr kvað þat ekki standa, at menn lægi svá, Fms. x. 157; berr þat eigi né stendr þvílíkum, Stj. 132; hví stalt þú guðum mínum, ekki stendr þér slíkt, 181.

4. phrases, nú stóð í stilli, see stilli; var þat boð með svá miklu kappi, at stóð í stönginni (cp. Dan. saa at det stod efter), Fms. xi. 424; standa í háska, Mar.

5. sem inn átti dagr Jóla standi á Dróttins degi, Rb. 128; en á þeim degi stóð Ólafs messu-aptann, Hom. 111.

II. of direction, to stand in a certain way, project, trend; fjögur horn ok stóðu fagrt, hit þriðja stóð í lopt upp, hit fjórða stóð ór enni, ok niðr fyrir augu honum, Ld. 120; geitar-horn stendr ór höfði henni, Fms. vii. 156; vápn stóðu á Birkibeini svá þykt at varla mátti hann falla, 325; gákk af bryggjunni eðr spjotið stendr á þér, 144; ella hefði spjótið staðit gegnum hann, Nj. 246; blóðbogi stóð ór hváru-tveggja eyranu, 210, Fms. vi. 419; boginn stóð inn um ræfrit, Eg. 239; kallar hann betr standa veðrit, at fara landhallt, the wind stands better for making land, Fms. x. 347; sunnan-vindr hvass ok stóð at virkinu, xi. 34; stóð gnæðingr með fjöllum, Bárð. 171; af íllsku ok úþef þeim er af stóð, Fms. iii. 128; stóð vindr af landi, Vigl. 79 new Ed.; stendr inn straumrinn, Bs. ii. 143: stóð stropinn um kyrtilinn, Clar.; standa grunnt, to be shallow; vinátta okkur stendr grunnt, Eg. 520; stóð hón alla vega jörð, touched the earth. Art.; stafir stórir ok stóðu grunn í ánni, Fb. ii. 19; örkin stóð grunn, stuck to the ground, Stj. 50, Gþl. 460, Grág. ii. 358; þrjár rætr standa; á þrjá vega undir aski Yggdrasils, Gm.; augu yður standa lengra fram, Sturl. iii. 129; finnr konungr at mikit stendr undan við hann í vinfenginu al hendi Sigvalda, Fms. xi. 106; heilræðit stóð á þenna sama sendiboða, referred to him, 433; hvaðan Guðmundr inn ríki stendr, on which side he stands, with whom he sides, Nj. 214.

2. to proceed from, be caused by; eigi standa þin orð af litlu fári, Fas. i. 195; stóð lítil stjórn af honum, Fms. xi. 223; þótti af honum minni ógn standa, Eg. 268; e-m stendr mein, úhapp, útili, íllt, gagn, hjálp … af e-m, 175; guðin rökðu til spádóma at af systkinum þessum mundi þeim mikil mein ok úhapp standa, Edda 18, Nj. 65, Barl. 39; eigi mun svá mikit íllt af þér standa, Nj. 368; opt stendr íllt af kvenna hjali. Gísl. 15: yðr munn vandræði af standa, Nj. 175.

3. standa til, to tend towards; nú stóð áðr til svá mikils váða, at …, Fms. vii. 144; þá stendr þó til meira geigs, xi. 275; standa til umbótar, to stand for mending, need it, Fb. ii. 234; flest frumsmíð stendr til bóta, needs mending; standa til mikils kostnaðar, D. N. ii. 18; sem bæn yður stendr til, tends to, Nj. 192; hvárt honum standi hugr til nökkurrar konu, Ísl. ii. 285; engi ván eða verðleikr stendr til at fáisk, Al. 91; sem bæn yður stendr til, Nj. 192; eptir þeim efnum sem honum þætti til standa, according to the merits of the case, Fms. vii. 60; eptir þvi sem lög stódu til, as the law stood, Nj. 146, Ld. 28; frekari álög en forn lög stæði til, Fms. xi. 224; latari enn líkendi stæði til, 256; fremr enn ritningar stóðu til, tended towards, i. e. warranted, Mar.; líta á mál hans eptir þeim efnum sem honum þætti til standa, as the merits were, Fms. vii. 60; eptir því sem lög stóðu til, Nj. 146, Ld. 28; standa til váða ok auðnar, Fms. x. 271.

III. to catch, overtake; hann drap menn Eiríks konungs hvar sem hann stóð þá, Hkr. i. 91; var hverr drepinn þar er staðinn varð, 107; lét hann ræna hvar sem hann stóð þá, Fms. vii. 181; hörmuðu bæði at þau máttu eigi fá staðit hann, Hom. 120; ef hann er með vátta inni staðinn, Grág. ii. 18; ef maðr tekr fé manns ok vinnr þjófskap at, enda standi hinn hann (acc.) at þvi er fé þat á, svá at handnumit verðr, ok …, 136; hinum er þýfð var í höndum staðin, id.; nú stendr maðr fé sitt þjófstolit í hendi öðrum manni, Gþl. 537.

2. to stand, i. e. to endure or bear; hverr sem fyrir-smár dómarann, ok vill eigi dóm standa, N. G. L. i. 452: to discharge, skal dæma landit þeim manni er varðveizlu stendr, to the man who stands as guardian, Grág. ii. 251; sá er vitna þarf skal standa þeim kost allan, Jb. 358.

3. to press, urge, trouble; ef ofviðri stendr mann, N. G. L. i. 349; Alfhildi stóð sótt, Hkr. ii. 199, Stj. 425; mun þik nú hræðsla standa, Fas. iii. 429; elli stóð Hárek, Ísl. ii. 482; hver fjölskylda sem þik stendr, Fms, xi. 429; segja máttu hvat þik stendr, what urges thee. Mar.; ok vænti af þér mests trausts, því heldr sem mik stendr meirr, Fms. iii. 70; standa mik svá stórar þröngslir, at …, Stj. 495; hvat stendr þik, what ails thee? Grett. 75 new Ed.; hvat stendr þik, Bergr, sagði biskup, Bs. i. 807; því at eins at þeim (þá?) standi ofviðri, N. G. L. i. 371.

4. to be of weight, value; skal hann eigi standa tómr meirr enn átta merkr, Gþl. 524; gullhringr stendr sex aura, mörk, Fms. ii. 246, xi. 204; strútrinn stóð tíu merkr, 77; vættir þær er hver þeirra standi hálfa níundu mörk, Gþl. 523.

C. Reflex. to stand right, be able to stand; steðjaði hann upp yfir törguna ok stóðsk þó, Nj. 144; þar mundir þú eigi hafa staðizk fylgjur þeirra Þorvarðs, Lv. 104; hann druknaði, því hann stóðsk ekki fjölkyngi Ragnars, Bárð. 181.

2. standask e-t, standask áhlaup, Sks. 411; höggum standask fáir, Sks. 411 B; fáir stóðusk honum, þótt fræknir væri, Grett. 87 A; gull stendsk elding, Grág. i. 501; þetta éi var með svá miklum býsnum, at ekki máttu sumir menn betr enn fá staðizk, Fms, xi. 136; var við sjálft at ek mætta eigi standask, x. 331; stóðsk hann eigi ok dó, 623. 33; hví lét Guð þeira freista, þar er hann sá at þau máttu eigi standask, Eluc. 28; at þér standisk jafnvel ef þér sjáit frændr yðra svívirða, Fms. v. 270.

3. to stand, bear, tolerate; hann skekr at honum sverðit, þetta fá þeir eigi staðizk ok hlaupa, Ísl. ii. 364; Kári stóðsk þetta eigi, Nj. 270; Björn stóðsk eigi ámælis-orð Sigmundar, Valla L. 218; standask frýju-orð, Fær. 196.

4. standask við e-m, to stand, be able to withstand; Heiðrekr vá með Tyrfingi ok stóðsk ekki við honum, Fas. i. 526; engi hlutr var svá sterkr at standask mætti fyrir honum. Edda.

5. to be valid; skulut mál hans standask um þá sök, Grág. i. 64; á þeirra dómr at standask, 80; eigu jammikit þeira orð at standask, sem annarra lögréttu-manna, 10; ef þú kemr til konungsins, ok megi þín orð nokkut standask, Fms. xi. 193; hennar orð stóðusk svá mikit, at …, Fas. i. 208; um þat vilda ek at mín at kvæði stæðisk, at …, Eb. 98.

6. of direction, to proceed from; standask af e-m, af henni mun standask allt it ílla, Nj. 49; svá stenzk af um ferð mína, the matter stands so as to my journey; Ólafr sagði jarli hversu af stóðsk um ferð hans, Ld. 112 (hversu af stóð, 340); ekki sagði Kjartan föður sínum hversu af stóðsk um ferð þessa, 208; Gautr segir honum geiniliga allt hversu af stóðsk inn ferðir hans, Fms. iii. 57; svá stendsk af um ferðir mínar, at ek má hér ekki dvelja lengr, vi. 350; eigi veit ek hvernig af stenzk (stennz) um för þína, hvárt þú ferr nökkut í konungs leyfi, Ó. H. 143.

7. a middle form; yfir ok undir stóðumk jötna vegir, the ‘giant-ways’ ( rocks) stood above and below, Hm.; stöndumk hjörr til hjarta, the sword touches me to the heart, Fm. 1.

II. recipr. to stand opposite one another in the same line: to meet, of ends; þat stóðsk á, nesit þvert ok fylking þeirra, Ísl. ii. 326; stóðsk þat á, at Jólin þraut ok lokit var sögunni. Fms. vi. 356; vígin Áskels ok Steingríms skyldi á standask, Rd. 281; stóðsk þat á endum ok ostkistan, Nj. 76; stóðsk þat á endum ok þat er Gunnarr; átti at gjalda, 111; létu þeir þat á endum standask, 120; standask á mót; sandmelr sá er á stendzk ok Seftjörn, Gísl. 23; bær hans stóðsk á ok konungs atsetr, Fas. ii. 63: bíða þess at á stæðisk misganga straumanna ok austan-veðr, Orkn. 266: stendzk heldr í móti með þeim hjónum, they were rather at sixes and sevens, did not agree well, Bjarn. 21: hendingar standask sem næst, to stand as close to one another as possible, Edda (Ht.); tungl þau er næst standask, nearest to one another, Rb. 34, 1812. 56.

III. staðinn = staddr, steadfast, placed, abiding; hvar sem maðr er staðinn, N. G. L. i. 163; vildi hann nú til staðins vita ( knew for certain) hver svör jarl vildi gefa, Vígl. 18.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > STANDA
12 bene

1. adv well

bene! good!

per bene properly

stare bene di salute be well

di vestito suit

ben ti sta! serves you right!

va bene! OK!

andare bene a qualcuno di abito fit someone

di orario, appuntamento suit someone

di bene in meglio better and better

sentirsi bene feel well

2. m good

fare bene alla salute be good for you

per il tuo bene for your own good

voler bene a qualcuno love someone

( amare) love someone

beni pl assets, property sg

beni pl di consumo consumer goods

beni pl culturali cultural heritage sg

beni pl immobili real estate sg

beni pl pubblici public property sg

* * *

bene s.m.

1 good: il bene e il male, good and evil; questo ti farà bene, this will do you good; augurare del bene a qlcu., to wish s.o. well; dire bene di qlcu., to speak well of s.o.; opere di bene, good works; fare del bene, to do good // a fin di bene, to a good purpose; lo ha fatto a fin di bene, he meant well // ogni ben di Dio, (fig.) all sorts of good things // per il tuo bene, ( per amor tuo) for your sake // Sommo Bene, ( Dio) Summum Bonum

2 (affetto, amore) fondness, affection: voler bene a qlcu., to be fond of s.o.; volersi bene, to be fond of each other (o of one another); le vuole un bene dell'anima, he loves her with all his heart

3 ( persona amata) beloved person, darling; (innamorato, innamorata) sweetheart: mio bene, (my) darling (o my sweetheart o my love)

4 ( vantaggio) sake, good; ( benessere) welfare: per il bene del popolo, for the welfare of the people; per il tuo bene, for your own good

5 ( dono) gift; blessing: la salute è il più grande dei beni, health is the greatest of blessings // ogni ben di Dio, all sorts of good things

6 (spec. pl.) goods (pl.), property, possession: persero i loro beni durante la guerra, they lost all their possessions during the war; avere dei beni al sole, to be a man of property // (comm.): beni all'estero, property abroad; beni pubblici, collective (o public) goods; beni reali, ( non monetari) real assets; beni strumentali, auxiliary capital (o industrial goods); beni superflui, superfluities; beni superiori, superior goods; beni di prestigio, positional goods; beni di prima necessità, necessaries; beni utilitari, utility goods; beni di rifugio, shelter goods; beni e servizi diversi, sundry goods and services; beni alternativi, succedanei, rival commodities; beni bloccati ( per ordine del tribunale), frozen assets; beni capitali, di produzione, capital goods; soggetti all'imposta di registro, goods that are liable to stamp duty; beni commerciabili internazionalmente, tradeables; beni complementari, complementary goods (o complements); beni di consumo, consumer goods (o consumables); beni di consumo deperibili, soft (o perishable) goods (o perishables); beni di consumo durevoli, consumer durable goods, durable (o hard) goods; beni di consumo non durevoli, non durables (o non durable goods); beni di consumo semidurevoli, semi-durable goods; beni di investimento, investment goods; beni di lusso, voluttuari, luxury goods (o luxuries); beni economici, goods; beni finali, final goods; beni fungibili, fungible (o replaceable) goods; beni immateriali, intangibles (o intangible assets o non-material goods) // (dir.): beni dotali, dowry; beni ereditari, estate hereditaments; beni demaniali, public domain; beni pignorabili, seizable chattels (o goods); beni impignorabili, privileged from execution goods; beni mobili, personal property (o movables o goods and chattels); beni mobili facenti parte dell'abitazione, household; beni immobili, real estate (o immovables o real assets); beni immateriali, incorporeal property (o intangible assets); beni rubati, stolen property.

bene avv.

1 (in modo giusto, correttamente) well; properly: parla molto bene l'inglese, he speaks English very well; comportarsi bene, to behave well; trattare bene qlcu., to treat s.o. well; una persona bene educata, a well-mannered person; una cosa ben fatta, something well done; se ben ricordo, se ricordo bene, if I remember well // sa fare molto beneil suo lavoro, he's a good worker // non sta bene, it's not nice (o it isn't polite) // hai fatto bene, you did the right thing // sono persone per bene, they're respectable people // lo hanno sistemato per bene, (iron.) they made a fine mess of him

2 ( completamente) properly; thoroughly: hai chiuso bene la porta?, have you closed the door properly?; non hai inserito bene la spina, you haven't plugged it in properly; ricordati di lavare bene l'insalata, remember to wash the lettuce thoroughly // mi hai sentito bene?, did you hear what I said?

3 (in modo conveniente, piacevole): avete mangiato bene?, did you have a good meal?; guadagnare bene, to make a lot of money (o to earn good money); quella persona veste molto bene, that person dresses very well // stare bene ( di salute) to be well (o in good health); (di abito ecc.) to fit, to suit: ''Come stai?'' ''Abbastanza bene'', ''How are you?'' ''Quite well''; questa giacca non mi sta bene this jacket doesn't suit me // star bene a soldi, to be well off // ti sta bene (o ben ti sta), it serves you right // mi è andata bene, I made it // bene o male, somehow (or other) // di bene in meglio, better and better // né bene né male, so-so

4 ( con valore rafforzativo): è ben difficile che arrivi in orario, he's very unlikely to be on time // saremo ben lieti se..., we'll be delighted if...; era ben lontano dal pensare che..., he was far from thinking that...; ''Pensi che accetterà?'' ''Lo spero bene'', ''Do you think he'll agree?'' ''I hope so''; vorrei ben vedere..., I'd like to see...; lo credo bene!, I should think so!; abbiamo ben cento pagine di storia da studiare, we've got a good hundred pages of history to study; ho pagato ben 4 milioni di spese condominali, I spent a good 4 million on condominium expenses; si tratta di ben altro, it's quite a different matter // ben bene, well, properly: copritelo ben bene, fa molto freddo, wrap him up well, it's bitterly cold; l'abbiamo sgridato ben bene, we gave him a good telling off

5 ( in espressioni esclamative): bene, continua così!, good, keep it up!; ma bene, è questo il modo di comportarsi?, come along, that's no way to behave!

6 ( con valore conclusivo): bene, ora possiamo incominciare, well then, now we can begin; bene, non parliamone più, well, let's say no more about it

◆ agg. ( di alto livello sociale) upper-class: la società, la gente bene, upper-class society, the upper classes // frequenta i locali bene della città, he goes to all the best places in town.

* * *
['bɛne]
1. avv

1) (gen) well, (funzionare) properly, well

faresti bene a studiare — you'd do well o you'd be well advised to study

hai fatto bene — you did the right thing

ben fatto! — well done!

guida bene — he drives well, he's a good driver

parla bene l'italiano — he speaks Italian well, he speaks good Italian

parlare bene di qn — to speak well of sb

gente per bene — respectable people

sto poco bene — I'm not very well

ha preso bene la notizia — he took the news well

se ben ricordo; se ricordo bene — if I remember correctly

sto bene — I'm fine

va bene — all right, okay

2)

(con attenzione, completamente) ascoltami bene — listen to me carefully

ben bene — thoroughly

ho legato il pacco ben bene — I've tied the parcel securely

hai capito bene? — do you understand?

chiudi bene la porta — close the door properly

per bene — thoroughly

ho sistemato le cose per bene — I've sorted things out properly

3) (molto: + aggettivo) very, (+ comparativo, avverbio) (very) much

ben contento — very pleased

è ben difficile — it's very difficult

ben più caro — much more expensive

ben più lungo — much longer

4)

(rafforzativo: appunto) lo credo bene — I'm not surprised

te l'avevo ben detto io che... — I DID tell you that..., I certainly did tell you that...

sai bene che non dovresti uscire — you know perfectly well you shouldn't go out

come tu ben sai — as you well know

lo so ben io; lo so fin troppo bene — I know only too well

lo spero bene — I certainly hope so

5) (addirittura, non meno di) at least

hai fatto ben 7 errori — you've made at least 7 mistakes

sono ben 3 giorni che non la vedo — I haven't seen her for at least 3 days

6)

(in esclamazioni) ho finito — bene! — I've finished — good!

bene, allora possiamo partire — right then, we can go

bene, puoi continuare da solo — all right, you can continue on your own

bene bene! — good (good)!

7)

(fraseologia) né bene né male — so-so

di bene in meglio — better and better

tutto è bene quel che finisce bene — all's well that ends well

2. agg inv

la gente bene — (ricca, snob) well-to-do people

la Roma bene — the Roman bourgeois

3. sm

1) good

far del bene — to do good

fare del bene a qn — to do sb a good turn

fare bene a — (salute) to be good for

quella vacanza ti ha fatto bene — that holiday has done you good

a fin di bene — for a good reason

sul tavolo c'era ogni ben di Dio — there were all sorts of good things on the table

l'ho fatto per il suo bene — I did it for his own good

è stato un bene — it was a good thing

volere un bene dell'anima a qn — to love sb very much

vuole molto bene a suo padre — he loves his father very much, he's very fond of his father

2)

beni smpl (proprietà) (anche) Dir — possessions, property sg, Econ goods

- beni ambientali

- beni di consumo

- beni culturali

- beni rifugio

- beni immobili

- beni mobili

- beni patrimoniali

- beni privati

- beni pubblici

* * *
I 1. ['bɛne]
avverbio

1) (in modo giusto, corretto, soddisfacente) [trattare, comportarsi, esprimersi, ballare, scegliere] well; [ funzionare] properly; [compilare, interpretare] correctly

andare bene — [festa, operazione, affari] to go well

la macchina non va bene — the machine is not functioning properly

un lavoro ben pagato — a well-paid job

bene o male — somehow

parla bene spagnolo — he speaks good Spanish

non parlava molto bene l'inglese — she didn't speak much English

non ci sente bene — he doesn't hear well

se ben ricordo — if I remember correctly o right

andare bene a scuola — to do well at school

andare bene in matematica — to be good at maths

faremmo bene ad andare — we'd better be going

hai fatto bene a dirmelo — you did well o right to tell me

non sta bene fare — it's not done to do, it is bad form o manners to do

va tutto bene — that's all very well, that's all well and good

va tutto bene? — is everything all right? are you OK?

gli è andata bene che — it was just as well for him that

domenica (ti) va bene? — does Sunday suit you? is Sunday OK?

2) (completamente) [lavare, mescolare] thoroughly; [riempire, asciugare] completely; [leggere, ascoltare, guardare] carefully

3) (piacevolmente, gradevolmente) [dormire, mangiare] well; [ vestire] well, smartly; [ vivere] comfortably

una casa ben arredata — a well-decorated o well-appointed house

andare o stare bene insieme [colori, mobile] to go together, to be a good match; quel cappello ti sta bene you look good in that hat; stare bene con qcn. — to get along well o to be well in colloq. with sb

4) (in buona salute)

star bene — [ persona] to feel all right

"come stai?"- "abbastanza bene" — "how are you?" - "pretty well"

5) (con valore rafforzativo)

si tratta di ben altro — that's quite another matter

ben più di 200 — well over 200

ben 10.000 persone — as many as 10,000 people

ben volentieri — with great pleasure

ben sveglio — wide awake

6) (con uso pleonastico)

lo credo bene! — I can well o quite believe it!

come ben sai... — as you know full well..., as you well know

7) di bene in meglio better and better

8) per bene perbene
2.
aggettivo invariabile

la gente bene — high society, the upper classes

i quartieri bene — the posh neighbourhoods
3.
interiezione good, fine

bene! Vediamo il resto — good! Let's see the rest

bene, bravo! — well done! excellent!

ma bene! — iron. ah, that's fine!

va bene! — OK! fair enough!

••

ben detto! — neatly put! well said!

ti sta bene! ben ti sta! — it serves you right!

non mi sta bene — I don't agree

tutto è bene quel che finisce bene — prov. all's well that ends well
II ['bɛne]
sostantivo maschile

1) (ciò che è buono)

il bene e il male — good and evil, right and wrong

opere di bene — charitable acts

non è bene fare — (cosa opportuna) it is not nice to do

2) (beneficio, vantaggio)

è un bene che tu sia venuto — it's a good thing you came

3) (interesse, benessere, felicità)

il bene comune, pubblico — the common good

per il bene di — for the good of

fare del bene a qcn. — to do sb. good

fare bene a — to be good for [persona, salute, pelle]

4) gener. pl.

-i — (proprietà) possessions, belongings, property, goods; (patrimonio) assets

comunione dei -i — community of goods

5) (sentimento)

volersi bene — to love (each other)

voler bene a qcn. — to love sb

•

- i di consumo — consumer o expendable goods

- i durevoli — durables

- i immobili — real estate

- i di lusso — luxury goods

- i mobili — content, movables

- i personali — personal property

- i di prima necessità — essential goods, necessaries

••

avere ogni ben di Dio — to live like fighting cocks

* * *

bene¹

/'bεne/

I avverbio

1 (in modo giusto, corretto, soddisfacente) [trattare, comportarsi, esprimersi, ballare, scegliere] well; [ funzionare] properly; [compilare, interpretare] correctly; andare bene [festa, operazione, affari] to go well; la macchina non va bene the machine is not functioning properly; un lavoro ben pagato a well-paid job; bene o male somehow; parla bene spagnolo he speaks good Spanish; non parlava molto bene l'inglese she didn't speak much English; non ci sente bene he doesn't hear well; se ben ricordo if I remember correctly o right; andare bene a scuola to do well at school; andare bene in matematica to be good at maths; faremmo bene ad andare we'd better be going; hai fatto bene a dirmelo you did well o right to tell me; non sta bene fare it's not done to do, it is bad form o manners to do; va tutto bene that's all very well, that's all well and good; va tutto bene? is everything all right? are you OK? gli è andata bene che it was just as well for him that; domenica (ti) va bene? does Sunday suit you? is Sunday OK?

2 (completamente) [lavare, mescolare] thoroughly; [riempire, asciugare] completely; [leggere, ascoltare, guardare] carefully

3 (piacevolmente, gradevolmente) [ dormire, mangiare] well; [ vestire] well, smartly; [ vivere] comfortably; una casa ben arredata a well-decorated o well-appointed house; andare o stare bene insieme [ colori, mobile] to go together, to be a good match; quel cappello ti sta bene you look good in that hat; stare bene con qcn. to get along well o to be well in colloq. with sb.

4 (in buona salute) star bene [ persona] to feel all right; "come stai?"- "abbastanza bene" "how are you?" - "pretty well"

5 (con valore rafforzativo) si tratta di ben altro that's quite another matter; ben più di 200 well over 200; ben 10.000 persone as many as 10,000 people; ben volentieri with great pleasure; ben sveglio wide awake

6 (con uso pleonastico) lo credo bene! I can well o quite believe it! come ben sai... as you know full well..., as you well know...

7 di bene in meglio better and better

8 per bene → perbene

II aggettivo invariabile

la gente bene high society, the upper classes; i quartieri bene the posh neighbourhoods

III interiezione

good, fine; bene! Vediamo il resto good! Let's see the rest; bene, bravo! well done! excellent! ma bene! iron. ah, that's fine! va bene! OK! fair enough!

IDIOMS

ben detto! neatly put! well said! ti sta bene! ben ti sta! it serves you right! non mi sta bene I don't agree; tutto è bene quel che finisce bene prov. all's well that ends well.

————————

bene²

/'bεne/

sostantivo m.

1 (ciò che è buono) il bene e il male good and evil, right and wrong; opere di bene charitable acts; non è bene fare (cosa opportuna) it is not nice to do

2 (beneficio, vantaggio) è un bene che tu sia venuto it's a good thing you came

3 (interesse, benessere, felicità) il bene comune, pubblico the common good; per il bene di for the good of; fare del bene a qcn. to do sb. good; fare bene a to be good for [persona, salute, pelle]

4 gener. pl. -i (proprietà) possessions, belongings, property, goods; (patrimonio) assets; comunione dei -i community of goods

5 (sentimento) volersi bene to love (each other); voler bene a qcn. to love sb.

IDIOMS

avere ogni ben di Dio to live like fighting cocks

\

COMPOUNDS

- i di consumo consumer o expendable goods; - i durevoli durables; - i immobili real estate; - i di lusso luxury goods; - i mobili content, movables; - i personali personal property; - i di prima necessità essential goods, necessaries.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > bene
13 GEFA

gift

* * *

(gef; gaf, gáfum; gefinn), v.

1) to give (gefa e-m e-t);

hann gaf þeim góðar gjafar, he gave them good gifts;

gefa e-m ráð, to give one advice;

gefa hljóð, to give a hearing;

gefa e-m sök, e-t at sök, to lay to one’s charge, to bring a charge against one;

gefa slög, to deal blows;

gefa e-m drekka, to give one to drink;

impers., e-m gefr byr (byri), one gets a fair wind (gaf þeim byr ok sigla þeir í haf);

absol., gaf þeim vel, they got a fair wind;

ef fœri gefr á, if you get a chance;

ef yðr (dat.) gefr eigi missýi í þessu máli, if you are not mistaken in this matter;

þat gaf öllum vel skilja, it was clear for all to understand;

2) to give, grant;

gefa heimleyfi, to grant furlough;

gefa e-m grið, to grant quarter or pardon to one;

gefa e-m líf, to grant one his life;

3) to give in matrimony (ek var ung gefin Njáli);

4) to give fodder to cattle, to feed (gefa göltum, nautum, kúm, hestum);

5) gefa staðar, to stop;

lét hann þá staðar gefa róðrinn, he stopped rowing;

6) e-m er e-t svá gefit, or svá gefit um e-t, one is so and so disposed, thinks so and so of a thing (ef þér er þetta svá gefit sem þú segir);

7) with preps.:

gefa sér litit (mikit) af (or at) e-u, to take little (much) notice of;

gefa á e-t, to pour water on;

fig. to press on (gefr Ormr þá á);

gefa e-m til e-s, to give in return for a thing (gefa fé til sátta);

impers., honum hafði vel gefit til (had good luck) um hefndina;

gefa sér mikit (lítit) um e-t, to take great (little) interest in (= gefa sér mikit, lítit, af or at e-u);

gefa sér fátt um e-t, to take coldly, take little notice of;

gefa e-t upp, to give up (gefa upp alla mótstöðu);

gefa sik upp, to surrender;

gefa upp gamalmenni, to give old people up, let them starve;

gefa upp leiguna, to remit the rent;

gefa upp sakir, to remit offences;

upp gefinn, exhausted;

gefa e-t við e-u, to give in payment for;

gefa sik við, to give in (þat er líkara, at ek gefa mik við);

8) refl., gefast.

* * *

pret. gaf, 2nd pers. gaft, mod. gafst, pl. gáfu; pres. gef; pret. subj. gæfi; part. gefinn; with neg. suff. gef-at, gaft-attu, Fm. 7; mid. form gáfumk ( dabat or dabant mihi, nobis), Stor. 23, Bragi, Edda: [Goth. giban = διδόναι; A. S. gifan; Engl. give; Dutch geven; O. H. G. gepan; Germ. geben; Swed. gifva; Dan. give.]

A. To give, with acc. of the thing, dat. of the person; g. gjafar, to give gifts, Fm. 7, Fms. vii. 40, Nj. 29, Hm. 48; mikit eitt skala manni gefa, 51; hann kvaðsk eingin yxn eiga þau áðr at honum þætti honum gefandi (gerundial, worth giving to him), Rd. 256; hann gaf stórgjafir öllu stórmenni, Ld. 114; hann gaf þeim góðar gjafir at skilnaði, Gísl. 9; Rútr gaf henni hundrað álna, Nj. 7; viltú g. mér þá, 73, 75, 281, passim.

II. to give in payment, to pay; gefa vildim vit þér fé til, we will give thee money for it, Nj. 75; yðr væri mikit gefanda (gerundial) til, at þér hefðit ekki íllt átt við Gunnar, you would have given a great deal not to have provoked Gunnar, 98; ek mun g. þér til Guðrúnu dóttur mína ok féit allt, id.: to lay out, hann gaf sumt verðit þegar í hönd, Gísl. 12; gefa e-t við e-u, to pay for a thing; at þér gefit mjök margra Kristinna manna líf við yðvarri þrályndi, that you will cause the loss of many Christian lives with your stubbornness, Fms. iv. 195; þat er líkara at ek gefa mikit við, Nj. 53; gefa sik við e-u, to give oneself to a thing, attend to, be busy about, mod.: gefa í milli, to discount; hygg at hvat þú gefr í milli tveggja systra, Fms. iv. 195 (hence milli-gjöf, discount).

III. in special sense, to give in matrimony; Njáll bað konu til handa Högna ok var hon honum gefin, Nj. 120; Vígdís var meir gefin til fjár en brautargengis, V. had been more wedded to the money than to her advancement, Ld. 26; segir at dóttir þeirra muni eigi betr verða gefin, 114:—gefa saman, to betroth, Fms. x. 381:—in mod. sense to marry, of the clergyman.

2. to give as a dowry, portion; búum þeim er Sveinn hafði gefit til hennar, Fms. x. 310 (hence til-gjöf, dowry); eigi skal ok í klæðum meira heiman gefask með konu en þriðjungr (hence heiman-gjöf, dowry), Gþl. 212:—so also, gefa í erfðir, to give as inheritance, Bs. i. 285:—gefa ölmusu, to give alms, Bs. passim; gefa fátækum, to give to the poor, passim.

IV. to give, grant; hann gaf honum vald yfir öllu landi, Fms. i. 18; gefa heimleyfi, to grant ‘home-leave,’ furlough, ix. 474; gefa orlof, ii. 64; gefa grið, to grant a truce to one, pardon, Nj. 165, Fms. ix. 479; gefa e-m líf, to grant one his life, 470.

V. in various phrases; gefa e-m nafn, to give one a name, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 23, Grág. ii. 146; gefa þakkir, to give thanks, Fms. i. 231; gefa e-m tillæti, to indulge one, Nj. 169; gefa e-m rúm, to give place to one, Fms. ii. 254, vi. 195; gefa ráð, to give counsel, advice, Nj. 75, 78; gefa góð orð, to give good words, answer gently; gefa e-m stór orð, to give one big words, Fms. v. 158; gefa slög, to deal blows, ix. 313; gefa gaum at, to give heed to, Nj. 57, Eg. 551; gefa hljóð, to give a hearing, in public speaking, Nj. 230; gefa tóm, to give time, leisure, 98; gefa ró reiði, to calm one’s wrath, 175:—gefa e-m sök, to bring a charge against, complain of, 82; ok gaf ek þó hjálminum enga sök á því, I did not like the helmet less for that, Ld. 128; at eigi sé mælt, at þú gefir dauðum sök, that thou bringest a charge against a dead man (which was unlawful), Nj. 82; en hvártki okkat gefr þat öðru at sök, neither of us likes the other the less for that, 52; ekki gef ek þér þat at sök þótt þú sér engi bleyðimaðr, 54; engi þorði þó sakir á at gefa, none durst complain, Al. 123; Sigurðr jarl bað konung eigi gefa Þrændum þetta at sök, Fms. i. 57; gefa kæru upp á e-n, to give in a complaint against one, Dipl. ii. 13.

2. gefa sér um …, to give oneself trouble about, take interest in, mostly followed by a noun; gefa sér fátt um e-t, to take coolly; gefa sér mikit um, to take great interest in; Þorfinnr lét gefa honum mat, en gaf sér lítið at honum, but else took little notice of him, Grett. 96; ekki er þess getið, at hann gæfi sér mikit um, that he shewed great interest, Fms. i. 289; mun ek mér ok ekki um þetta gefa, I will let this pass, not take offence at it, Boll. 354; en ef til mín kæmi tveir eða þrír, þá, gaf ek mér ekki um, then I took no notice of it, Fms. ii. 151; konungr gaf sér fátt um þat, Fb. i. 261; hann þóttisk vita hvat keisaranum mislíkaði ok gaf sér þó ekki um at sinni, Fms. vi. 71; ok gáfu sér ekki um viðbúnaðinn, vii. 87; so also, Skúli gaf sér litið at hvat biskup sagði, S. troubled himself little at what the bishop said, Bs. i. 873:—akin is the mod. phrase, eg gef ekki um það, I do not want it; gefðu ekki um það, do not care for it, mind it not; eg gaf ekki um að sjá það, I did not want to see it, etc.

3. gefa staðar, to stop; lét hann þá staðar gefa róðrinn, he stopped rowing, Fms. vi. 384; konungr gaf staðar ok hlýddi til frásagnar þeirra, viii. 400; ok þá er sá íss gaf staðar ok rann eigi, Edda 3; ok þeir gefa eigi stað ferðinni fyrr en þeir kómu norðr, 151 (pref.); svá at staðar gaf (MS. naf) höndin við sporðinn, 40.

VI. to give out, deal out; hón bað gefa sér drekka, bade give him to drink, Eg. 604: to give a dose, gefa e-m eitr, Al. 156:—absol. to give fodder to cattle, gefa göltum, Hkv. 2. 37; gefa nautum, kúm, hestum, Sturl. ii. 42, Gísl. 28:—gefa á, to dash over, of sea-water, cp. ágjöf: to pour water on, var gluggr á ofninum syá at útan mátti á gefa, Eb. 134; síðan lét hann gefa útan á baðit í glugg, 136; gefa á ker, to fill a goblet, Clar.: metaph. to press on, gefr Ormr þá á, Fb. i. 530 (in wrestling).

VII. with prepp., fyrir-gefa, to forgive, freq. in mod. usage, but scarcely found in old writers; so also gefa til, cp. Dan. tilgive, D. N., vide Safn i. 96, (rare and obsolete):—gefa upp, to give up; gefa upp gamalmenni, to give old people up, let them starve, Fms. ii. 225; gefa upp föður eða móður, 227; bændr báðu hann gefa upp eyna, Grett. 145: to remit, en þó vil ek nú upp gefa þér alla leiguna, Nj. 128; gaf honum upp reiði sína, Fms. x. 3, 6; ok gefit oss upp stórsakir, ii. 33; Brján konungr gaf upp þrysvar útlögum sínum inar sömu sakir, Nj. 269: absol., hvárt vilit þér gefa honum upp, pardon him, 205; gefa upp alla mótstöðu, to give up all resistance, Fms. ix. 322; gefa sik upp, to give oneself up, surrender, i. 198; þá gefum vér upp várn stað, 104; gefa upp ríki, konungdóm, to give up the kingdom, abdicate, resign, x. 4, xi. 392: to give up, hand over to one, Magnús konungr gaf honum upp Finnferðina með slíkum skildaga, vii. 135; ek vil gefa ykkr upp búit at Varmalæk, Nj. 25; allir hafa þat skaplyndi at gefa þat fyrst upp er stolit er, 76: to give up, leave off, gefa upp leik, to give up playing, Fas. iii. 530; gefa upp horn, Fms. vi. 241: to exhaust, empty, upp ætlu vér nú gefnar gersimar yðrar, vii. 197.

B. IMPERS., a naut. term; e-m gefr byri, byr (acc. pl. or sing.), one gets a fair wind; gaf þeim byr ok sigla þeir í haf, Nj. 4; gaf þeim vel byri, 138; er þeir vóru búnir ok byr gaf, Eg. 99: so also absol. with or without dat. of the person, gaf kaupmönnum burt af Grænlandi, the sailors got a wind off Greenland, so as to sail from it, Fb. iii. 454; því at eigi gaf suðr lengra, Fms. ii. 185; gaf þeim vel, ix. 268; gaf honum ílla, x. 4; gaf honum eigi austan, Nj. 63: so in the saying, svo gefr hverjum sem hann er góðr.

2. in other phrases, to get a chance; ef færi (acc.) gefr á, if you get a chance, Nj. 266; halda njósnum, nær bezt gæfi færi á honum, to keep a look-out, when there was best chance to get at him, 113; til þess gefr nú vel ok hógliga, ‘tis a fair and easy opportunity for that, Al. 156; mæltu menn at honum hafði vel gefit til ( had good luck) um hefndina, Fms. vii. 230; ef yðr (dat.) gefr eigi missýni í þessu máli, if you are not mistaken in this matter, Fbr. 32; gaf þeim glámsýni (q. v.) er til vóru komnir, Sturl. i. 179, Stj. 401; þá gaf mér sýn, then I beheld (in a vision), Fms. vii. 163; þat gaf öllum vel skilja, it was clear for all to understand, it lay open to all, vi. 70; e-m gefr á að líta, one can see, i. e. it is open and evident.

C. REFLEX., gefask vel (ílla), to shew oneself, prove good ( bad); það sé ván at þú gefisk honum eigi vel, er þú gefsk öllum öðrum mönnum ílla, Nj. 32; eigi deilir litr kosti ef þú gefsk vel, 78; hversu gafsk Björn þér, Kári, 265; opt hafa mér vel gefisk yður ráð, your counsels have often proved good to me, Ld. 252; hefir þeim þat ok aldri vel gefisk ( it has never turned out well) í þessu landi, Fms. vii. 22; ílla gefask ílls ráð, a saying, Nj. 20; hétu allir góðu um at gefask vel (i. e. to fight manfully), Fms. vii. 262:—to happen, turn out, come to pass, sem síðan gafsk, x. 416; svá honum gafsk, so it turned out for him, Sl. 20; ok svá gæfisk, ef eigi hefði Guð þá sína miskun til sent, and so it would have come to pass, unless …, Fms. x. 395:—gefsk mér svá, it seems to me so, methinks it is so, Karl. 290, 308 (vide A. V. 2. above); þat allsheri at undri gefsk, to all people it is a wonder, Ad. 18; e-m er e-t svá gefit, to be so and so disposed, to think so and so of a thing; ef þér er þetta svá gefit sem þú segir, Fms. v. 236; svá er mér gefit, son minn, at ek em þér fegin orðin, Ó. H. 33; sagði hann at svá mundi jarli gefit, Fms. ix. 244; en svá ætla ek flestum lendum mönnum gefit, at eigi munu skiljask frá Skúla jarli, 429, v. l.; þyki mér ok sem svá muni flestum gefit, at fé sé fjörvi firr, Ld. 266; en þat mun þó mestu um stýra hversu Þórdísi er um gefit, 302; síðan talaði konungr þetta mál við systur sína, ok spurði hversu henni væri um þetta gefit, Fms. ii. 221: of the gifts of nature, mikill máttr er gefinn goðum várum, Nj. 132; ok er þat mál manna, at henni hafi allt verit ílla gefit þat er henni var sjálfrátt, i. e. that she was a bad woman in everything of her own making (but well gifted by nature), 268; ok svá er sagt at honum hafi flestir hlutir höfðinglegast gefnir verit, 254.

2. with prepp., gefask upp, to give up, give in, surrender, Nj. 64, 124, Eg. 79: mod. to lose one’s breath: upp gefinn, upset; eigi þykjumk ek upp gefinn þó at ek sjá smávofur, Grett. 112; eigi þyki mér vit upp gefnir, ef vit veitumk at, 131; en þó at þeir feðgar sé ríkir menn, þá eru vér þó ekki upp gefnir fyrir þeim, Fb. ii. 195: in mod. usage, exhausted, having lost one’s breath, eg er uppgefinn; also of a horse, hann gafsk upp, harm er stað-uppgefinn:—e-m gefsk yfir, to do wrong, commit a fault, fail; þat mæla menn at þessi hlutr hafi konunginum yfir gefisk helzt, Fms. xi. 283; ef göfgum mönnum gáfusk stórir hlutir yfir, if the noble gave gross offence, did evil things, Bs. i. 107; engi er svá vitr at eigi gefisk yfir nokkut sinn, Karl. 451:—to give oneself to one, gefask Kristi, N. G. L. i. 339; gefsk þú hánum þá í dag með Guði, Nj. 157; gefask á vald e-s, to give oneself into another’s power, Fms. ix. 479.

II. recipr. to give to one another; gefask gjöfum, Bret. 48; gáfusk þeir gjöfum áðr þeir skildu, Bs. i. 274.

III. part. gefinn, given to a thing, in a spiritual sense, devout; g. fyrir bækr, lestr, smíðar, etc., given to books, reading, workmanship, etc.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GEFA
14 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
15 volta

f time

( turno) turn

architecture vault

una volta once

due volte twice

qualche volta sometimes

questa volta this time

ogni volta every time

una volta per sempre once and for all

poco per volta little by little

un'altra volta ancora una volta one more time

lo faremo un'altra volta we'll do it some other time

molte volte many times, often

* * *

volta¹ s.f.

1 time: una volta, once; due volte, twice; tre volte, three times (o ant. thrice); quattro volte, four times; una volta ancora, once more (o once again); una volta e mezzo, half as much (o as many) again; una volta o due, once or twice; due, tre volte più grande del tuo, twice, three times as big as yours; molte volte, many times; rare volte, seldom (o rarely); più di una volta, more than once; la prossima volta, next time; l'ultima volta, last time; questa è la prima e l'ultima volta che lo faccio, this is the first and last time that I'll do it; qualche volta, a, certe, delle volte, sometimes; quante volte?, how many times? (o how often?); tutte le volte che, every time (o whenever); tutti in una volta, all at once; uno, due per volta, one, two at a time; per questa volta lasciamo correre, just this once forget it; ti ricordi di quella volta al mare?, do you remember that time at the sea? // di volta in volta, from time to time // sorseggiava la medicina un po' per volta, he sipped the medicine a little at a time; mangiò i cioccolatini un po' per volta, he ate the chocolates a few at a time // una volta per sempre, per tutte, once and for all: ve lo dico una volta per tutte, I'm telling you once and for all // una volta tanto, una buona volta, for once: ascolta tuo padre una volta tanto!, listen to your father for once (o once in a while)!; sta' zitto una buona volta!, keep quiet for once! // una volta o l'altra verrò a trovarti, sooner or later I'll come and see you // una volta fatto non ci penseremo più, once it has been done, we won't think about it any more // c'era una volta..., once upon a time there was... // questa è la volta buona, this is the right time // te l'ho detto una dozzina di volte, I have told you dozens of times // 5 volte 2 fa 10, 5 times 2 is 10

2 ( turno) turn: a mia volta, in my turn; a sua volta, in his, her turn; questa è la tua volta, this is your turn

3 (non com.) ( il voltare, il voltarsi) turning; ( curva) turn, bend: le volte di una strada, the bends (o turns) in a road; fare una volta, to take a turn // a volta di corriere, (antiq.) by return (of post) // gli ha dato di volta il cervello, (fam.) he has gone off his head // partire alla volta di un luogo, to set off for a place // (mar.) dar volta a un cavo, to make a rope fast // (aer.) gran volta, loop

4 ( ginnastica) circle; ( pattinaggio) counter

5 (metrica) part of a sirima

6 (tip.) reverse, verso.

volta² s.f. (arch.) vault: volta a botte, barrel (o circular) vault; volta a crociera, cross vault; volta a cupola, dome vault; un soffitto a volta, a vaulted roof // la volta del cielo, the vault of heaven // chiave di volta, keystone (anche fig.).

* * *
I ['vɔlta] sf
1) (gen) time

una volta — once

una volta alla settimana — once a week

due volte — twice

gli ho telefonato due volte — I phoned him twice

tre volte — three times

una volta ogni due settimane — once every two weeks

9 volte su 10 — 9 times out of 10

la prima/l'ultima volta che l'ho visto — the first/last time I saw him

per questa volta passi — I'll let you off this time

ci ho pensato due volte prima di decidere — I thought twice about it before making a decision

tutto in una volta — all at once

una volta per tutte o una buona volta — once and for all

deciditi una volta per tutte — make up your mind once and for all

una volta tanto — just for once

una volta tanto potresti pagare tu — you could pay, just for once

una volta ogni tanto — from time to time

una volta sola — only once

le ho scritto una volta sola — I wrote to her only once

di volta in volta — as we go

decideremo di volta in volta cosa fare — we'll decide what to do as we go

delle o alle o certe volte; a volte — sometimes, at times

certe volte sono un po' triste — I feel a bit down sometimes

una volta o l'altra — one of these days

una volta o l'altra glielo dirò — I'll tell him one of these days

una cosa per volta — one thing at a time

facciamo una cosa per volta — let's do one thing at a time

te le darò volta per volta — (istruzioni) I'll give them to you a few at a time

2)

(tempo, occasione) c'era una volta... — once upon a time there was...

una volta — (un tempo) once, in the past

una volta si camminava di più — people used to walk more in the past

le cose di una volta — the things of the past

una volta che sei partito — once o when you have left

ti ricordi quella volta che... — do you remember (the time) when...

pensa a tutte le volte che... — think of all the occasions on which...

lo facciamo un'altra volta — we'll do it another time o some other time

gli telefonerò un'altra volta, adesso non ne ho voglia — I'll phone him some other time, I don't feel like it now

3) Mat

3 volte 2 — 3 times 2

3 volte 4 fa 12 — 3 times 4 makes 12

4 volte di più — 4 times as much

4)

(fraseologia) a sua volta — (turno) in (his o her ecc) turn

partire alla volta di — to set off for

ti ha dato di volta il cervello? — have you gone out of your mind?
II ['vɔlta] sf
Archit, Anat vault

la volta celeste — the vault of heaven

* * *
I ['vɔlta]
sostantivo femminile

1) time

la prima, l'ultima volta — the first, last time

quando l'ho vista la prima, l'ultima volta — when I first, last saw her

è l'ultima volta che te lo dico! — I shan't warn you again!

che sia la prima e l'ultima volta che — let this be the first and last time (that)

questa volta, riuscirò — I'll make it this time

ti ricordi quella volta che...? — do you remember (the time) when...?

magari un'altra volta — some other time perhaps

una volta o l'altra — one day or another, some time or other

questa è la volta buona — this is the right time

una volta, due -e — once, twice

tre, dieci, molte -e — three, ten, many times

l'unica, la sola volta che l'ho visto — the only time I saw him

non rispondete tutti in una volta! — don't answer all together o at once!

gliel'ho detto più -e — I've told him again and again o over and over again

una volta ancora — one more time, once more

facciamolo un'altra volta — (ancora) let's do it again; (in un altro momento) let's do it another time

l'altra volta la volta scorsa last time; la prossima volta next time; il più delle -e more often than not, as often as not; qualche volta, certe -e sometimes; a -e now and then, now and again; una volta per tutte, una buona volta, una volta tanto once and for all; una volta ogni tanto once in a while, from time to time; ogni volta che, tutte le -e che each o every time that, whenever; due -e (al)l'anno twice a year; quattro, nove -e tanto fourfold, ninefold; una volta su due half the time, any other time; nove -e su dieci nine times out of ten; dieci -e più grande ten times bigger; due -e più caro twice as expensive; due -e tanto twice as much; la metà delle -e half the time; ti ho già detto cento, mille -e di non farlo! I've told you a thousand times not to do it! l'8 nel 24 ci sta tre -e mat. 8 into 24 goes 3 times o is 3; tre -e due fa sei — mat. three times two is six

2) una volta (un tempo)

una volta fumava, vero? — she used to smoke, didn't she?

una volta era molto famoso — he was once very famous

una volta qui c'era un pub — there used to be a pub here

di una volta — of former days o times

Paolo non è più quello di una volta — Paolo is no longer the person he used to be

3) una volta che once

una volta che ebbe mangiato... — once he had eaten, he

4) per una volta

l'hai fatto arrabbiare, per una volta che era di buon umore — for once when he was in a good mood you had to go and make him angry

restiamo a casa per una volta — let's have an evening in for a change

per una volta ha pagato lui — he paid for a change

5) alla volta, per volta

un passo alla volta — one step at a time

5 euro alla volta — 5 euros a time o at any one time

uno per volta — one at a time, one by one

portare tre valige alla volta — to carry three suitcases at the same time

un po' alla volta, poco per volta — little by little

6) alla volta di

partire alla volta di Venezia — to leave bound for Venice

7) (turno) turn

a mia, tua volta — in my, your turn

è la volta di Gianna — it's Gianna's turn

ho invitato Andy che a sua volta ha invitato Pete — I invited Andy who in turn invited Pete

••

c'era una volta un re — once upon a time there was a king

gli ha dato di volta al cervello — he's gone off his head
II ['vɔlta]
sostantivo femminile arch. vault

soffitto a volta — vaulted ceiling

chiave di volta — keystone (anche fig.)

volta a botte — barrel o tunnel vault

la volta celeste — lett. the vault of heaven

volta a crociera — cross vault

volta a cupola — dome vault

* * *

volta¹

/'vɔlta/

sostantivo f.

1 time; la prima, l'ultima volta the first, last time; quando l'ho vista la prima, l'ultima volta when I first, last saw her; è l'ultima volta che te lo dico! I shan't warn you again! che sia la prima e l'ultima volta che let this be the first and last time (that); questa volta, riuscirò I'll make it this time; ti ricordi quella volta che...? do you remember (the time) when...? magari un'altra volta some other time perhaps; una volta o l'altra one day or another, some time or other; questa è la volta buona this is the right time; una volta, due -e once, twice; tre, dieci, molte -e three, ten, many times; l'unica, la sola volta che l'ho visto the only time I saw him; non rispondete tutti in una volta! don't answer all together o at once! gliel'ho detto più -e I've told him again and again o over and over again; una volta ancora one more time, once more; facciamolo un'altra volta (ancora) let's do it again; (in un altro momento) let's do it another time; l'altra volta, la volta scorsa last time; la prossima volta next time; il più delle -e more often than not, as often as not; qualche volta, certe -e sometimes; a -e now and then, now and again; una volta per tutte, una buona volta, una volta tanto once and for all; una volta ogni tanto once in a while, from time to time; ogni volta che, tutte le -e che each o every time that, whenever; due -e (al)l'anno twice a year; quattro, nove -e tanto fourfold, ninefold; una volta su due half the time, any other time; nove -e su dieci nine times out of ten; dieci -e più grande ten times bigger; due -e più caro twice as expensive; due -e tanto twice as much; la metà delle -e half the time; ti ho già detto cento, mille -e di non farlo! I've told you a thousand times not to do it! l'8 nel 24 ci sta tre -e mat. 8 into 24 goes 3 times o is 3; tre -e due fa sei mat. three times two is six

2 una volta (un tempo) una volta fumava, vero? she used to smoke, didn't she? una volta era molto famoso he was once very famous; una volta qui c'era un pub there used to be a pub here; di una volta of former days o times; Paolo non è più quello di una volta Paolo is no longer the person he used to be

3 una volta che once; una volta che ebbe mangiato... once he had eaten, he...

4 per una volta l'hai fatto arrabbiare, per una volta che era di buon umore for once when he was in a good mood you had to go and make him angry; restiamo a casa per una volta let's have an evening in for a change; per una volta ha pagato lui he paid for a change

5 alla volta, per volta un passo alla volta one step at a time; 5 euro alla volta 5 euros a time o at any one time; uno per volta one at a time, one by one; portare tre valige alla volta to carry three suitcases at the same time; un po' alla volta, poco per volta little by little

6 alla volta di partire alla volta di Venezia to leave bound for Venice

7 (turno) turn; a mia, tua volta in my, your turn; è la volta di Gianna it's Gianna's turn; ho invitato Andy che a sua volta ha invitato Pete I invited Andy who in turn invited Pete

IDIOMS

c'era una volta un re once upon a time there was a king; gli ha dato di volta al cervello he's gone off his head.

————————

volta²

/'vɔlta/

sostantivo f.

arch. vault; soffitto a volta vaulted ceiling; chiave di volta keystone (anche fig.)

\

COMPOUNDS

volta a botte barrel o tunnel vault; la volta celeste lett. the vault of heaven; volta a crociera cross vault; volta a cupola dome vault.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > volta
16 stare vi irreg

['stare]
(aus essere)

1) (rimanere) to stay, be, remain

stare in piedi — to stand

stare fermo — to keep o stay still

stare seduto — to sit, be sitting

stare disteso — to lie

stare zitto — to keep o be quiet

stai dove sei! — stay where you are!

stai ancora un po'! — stay a bit longer!

starò a Roma per qualche giorno — I'll stay o be in Rome for a few days

stare a casa — to be o stay at home

è stato su tutta la notte — he stayed up o was up all night

stare in equilibrio — to keep one's balance

2) (abitare: temporaneamente) to stay, (permanentemente) to live

sta con i suoi — he lives with his parents

sta da solo — he lives on his own

dove stai di casa? — where do you live?

sta in via Rossetti 5 — he lives at No. 5 via Rossetti

al momento sta con degli amici — he's staying with friends at the moment

3) (essere, trovarsi) to be, be situated

la casa sta in cima al colle — the house is at the top of the hill

stando così le cose — given the situation

le cose stanno così — this is the situation

non voglio stare da solo — I don't want to be on my own

sei mai stato in Francia? — have you ever been to France?

sono stato dal dentista — I've been to the dentist

come stai? — how are you?

sto bene, grazie — I'm fine, thanks

sta bene! — (d'accordo così) that's fine!

non sta bene ridacchiare mentre l'insegnante spiega — you really ought not to laugh when the teacher is explaining something

come mi sta? — how does it look?

quel vestito ti sta bene/male — that dress suits/doesn't suit you

queste scarpe mi stanno strette — these shoes are too tight for me

questa giacca non mi sta — this jacket doesn't fit me

gli sta bene! — (così impara) it serves him right!

stai sicuro che non la passerà liscia! — rest assured he won't get away with it!

stare al banco — (cameriere) to serve at the bar

stare alla cassa — to work at the till

stare a dieta — to be on a diet

4)

(seguito da gerundio) stavo andando a casa — I was going home

cosa stai facendo? — what are you doing?

sta studiando — he's studying

stava piovendo — it was raining

5)

stare per fare qc — to be about to do sth, be on the point of doing sth

stavo per uscire quando ha squillato il telefono — I was about to go out when the phone rang

stavi per rovinare tutto — you nearly spoiled o ruined everything

6)

stare a sentire — to listen

sta' a sentire — listen a minute

stare ad insistere — to insist

è inutile che stai a dirmi tutte queste cose — there's no good o use telling me all this

sta a te decidere — it's up to you to decide

stando a ciò che dice lui — according to him o to his version

stando ai fatti, sembrerebbe che... — the facts would seem to indicate that...

staremo a vedere — let's wait and see

stiamo a vedere cosa succede — let's wait and see (what happens)

stai a vedere che aveva ragione lei! — she would have to be right!

7)

starci; (essere contenuto) ci sta ancora qualcosa lì dentro? — is there room for anything else?

nel bagagliaio non ci sta più niente — there's no room for anything more in the boot

non credo ci stia tutta quella pasta — I don't think there's room for all that pasta

non ci stanno più di 4 persone in quella macchina — there is only room for 4 in that car

il 5 nel 25 ci sta 5 volte — 5 goes into 25 5 times

8)

starci; (essere d'accordo) ci stai se andiamo o ad andare fuori a cena? — do you want to go out for a meal?

ha detto che non ci sta — he said he didn't agree, he said he was against the idea

OK, ci sto — OK, that's fine

9)

starsene; se ne stava lì in un angolo — he was over in the corner

se n'è stato zitto — he never opened his mouth

non startene lì seduto, fa' qualcosa — don't just sit there, do something

stasera me ne sto a casa — I'll be staying in tonight
PAROLA CHIAVE: stare non si traduce mai con la parola inglese stare

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > stare vi irreg
17 stare

vi irreg ['stare]
(aus essere)

1) (rimanere) to stay, be, remain

stare in piedi — to stand

stare fermo — to keep o stay still

stare seduto — to sit, be sitting

stare disteso — to lie

stare zitto — to keep o be quiet

stai dove sei! — stay where you are!

stai ancora un po'! — stay a bit longer!

starò a Roma per qualche giorno — I'll stay o be in Rome for a few days

stare a casa — to be o stay at home

è stato su tutta la notte — he stayed up o was up all night

stare in equilibrio — to keep one's balance

2) (abitare: temporaneamente) to stay, (permanentemente) to live

sta con i suoi — he lives with his parents

sta da solo — he lives on his own

dove stai di casa? — where do you live?

sta in via Rossetti 5 — he lives at No. 5 via Rossetti

al momento sta con degli amici — he's staying with friends at the moment

3) (essere, trovarsi) to be, be situated

la casa sta in cima al colle — the house is at the top of the hill

stando così le cose — given the situation

le cose stanno così — this is the situation

non voglio stare da solo — I don't want to be on my own

sei mai stato in Francia? — have you ever been to France?

sono stato dal dentista — I've been to the dentist

come stai? — how are you?

sto bene, grazie — I'm fine, thanks

sta bene! — (d'accordo così) that's fine!

non sta bene ridacchiare mentre l'insegnante spiega — you really ought not to laugh when the teacher is explaining something

come mi sta? — how does it look?

quel vestito ti sta bene/male — that dress suits/doesn't suit you

queste scarpe mi stanno strette — these shoes are too tight for me

questa giacca non mi sta — this jacket doesn't fit me

gli sta bene! — (così impara) it serves him right!

stai sicuro che non la passerà liscia! — rest assured he won't get away with it!

stare al banco — (cameriere) to serve at the bar

stare alla cassa — to work at the till

stare a dieta — to be on a diet

4)

(seguito da gerundio) stavo andando a casa — I was going home

cosa stai facendo? — what are you doing?

sta studiando — he's studying

stava piovendo — it was raining

5)

stare per fare qc — to be about to do sth, be on the point of doing sth

stavo per uscire quando ha squillato il telefono — I was about to go out when the phone rang

stavi per rovinare tutto — you nearly spoiled o ruined everything

6)

stare a sentire — to listen

sta' a sentire — listen a minute

stare ad insistere — to insist

è inutile che stai a dirmi tutte queste cose — there's no good o use telling me all this

sta a te decidere — it's up to you to decide

stando a ciò che dice lui — according to him o to his version

stando ai fatti, sembrerebbe che... — the facts would seem to indicate that...

staremo a vedere — let's wait and see

stiamo a vedere cosa succede — let's wait and see (what happens)

stai a vedere che aveva ragione lei! — she would have to be right!

7)

starci; (essere contenuto) ci sta ancora qualcosa lì dentro? — is there room for anything else?

nel bagagliaio non ci sta più niente — there's no room for anything more in the boot

non credo ci stia tutta quella pasta — I don't think there's room for all that pasta

non ci stanno più di 4 persone in quella macchina — there is only room for 4 in that car

il 5 nel 25 ci sta 5 volte — 5 goes into 25 5 times

8)

starci; (essere d'accordo) ci stai se andiamo o ad andare fuori a cena? — do you want to go out for a meal?

ha detto che non ci sta — he said he didn't agree, he said he was against the idea

OK, ci sto — OK, that's fine

9)

starsene; se ne stava lì in un angolo — he was over in the corner

se n'è stato zitto — he never opened his mouth

non startene lì seduto, fa' qualcosa — don't just sit there, do something

stasera me ne sto a casa — I'll be staying in tonight
PAROLA CHIAVE: stare non si traduce mai con la parola inglese stare

Nuovo dizionario Italiano-Inglese > stare
18 in

prep in

moto a luogo to

in casa at home

è in Scozia he is in Scotland

va in Inghilterra he is going to England

in italiano in Italian

in campagna in the country

essere in viaggio be travelling

viaggiare in macchina travel by car

nel 1999 in 1999

una giacca in pelle a leather jacket

in vacanza on holiday

se fossi in te if I were you, if I were in your place

* * *

in prep.

1 (stato in luogo, posizione) in, at; (dentro) inside; (su, sopra) on: in Italia, negli Stati Uniti, in Italy, in the United States; abitano in città, in campagna, in centro, in periferia, they live in town, in the country, in the centre, on the outskirts; in ufficio, at the office; in casa, in chiesa, at home, at church; nell'aria, in the air; la casa editrice ha sede in Milano, the publishing house has its headquarters in Milan; la statua sorge nel centro della piazza, the statue stands in the centre of the square; mio padre lavora in banca, my father works in a bank; stanotte dormiremo in albergo, we'll sleep in a hotel tonight; è stato due anni in prigione, he spent two years in prison; prendevano il sole in giardino, they were sunbathing in the garden; nel cielo erano apparse le prime stelle, the first stars had appeared in the sky; i fazzoletti sono nel primo cassetto, the handkerchieves are in the top drawer; nella stanza c'era molto fumo, there was a lot of smoke in the room; c'era gran festa nelle strade e nelle piazze, there were great celebrations in the streets and squares; siamo rimasti chiusi in casa tutto il giorno, we stayed in the house (o indoors) all day; ti aspetto in macchina, I'll wait for you in the car; non c'è niente in tavola?, isn't there anything on the table?; leggo sempre in treno, I always read on the train; hanno una casa proprio in riva al mare, they have a house right on the sea front; la notizia è apparsa in prima pagina, the news was on the front page; gli diede un bacio in fronte, she kissed him on the forehead; teneva in braccio un bambino, she was holding a baby in her arms; che cos'hai in mano?, what have you got in your hands?; ho sempre in mente le sue parole, his words are still in my mind; in lui ho trovato un vero amico, I found a real friend in him; questa espressione ricorre spesso in Dante, this expression often appears in Dante; nel lavoro non trova alcuna soddisfazione, he gets no satisfaction from his job // in fondo a, at the bottom of // in primo piano, in the foreground (o up close) // in bella mostra, in a prominent position // nel bel mezzo, right in the middle: s'interruppe nel bel mezzo del discorso, he stopped right in the middle of his speech // (non) avere fiducia in se stesso, (not) to be self-confident // credere in Dio, to believe in God

2 (moto a luogo, direzione) to; (verso l'interno) into: è andato in Francia per lavoro, he went to France on business; domani andremo in campagna, we'll go to the country tomorrow; vorrei tornare in America, I'd like to go back to America; devo scendere in cantina, I must go down to the cellar; quando rientrerete in città?, when are you returning to town?; la nave era appena entrata in porto, the ship had just come into dock; la gente si riversò nelle strade, people poured into the streets; abbiamo mandato i bambini in montagna, we've sent the children to the mountains; questa merce va spedita in Germania, these goods are to be sent to Germany; non sporgerti troppo dalla barca, puoi cadere in acqua, don't lean too far out of the boat, you might fall in the water; puoi venire nel mio ufficio un attimo?, can you come into my office for a moment?; mise la mano in tasca e tirò fuori il portafoglio, he put his hand in his pocket and took out his wallet; rimetti quelle pratiche nel cassetto, put those papers back in the drawer; vai subito nella tua stanza!, go to your room at once!; hanno arrestato il ladro e l'hanno messo in prigione, the thief was arrested and put in prison; in quale direzione andate?, which way are you going?; sulle scale m'imbattei in uno sconosciuto, I bumped into a stranger on the stairs; ho inciampato in un gradino e sono caduto, I tripped over a step and fell down; si è messo in mente di fare l'attore, he's got it into his head that he wants to become an actor

3 (moto per luogo) through, across: ha viaggiato molto in Europa, he has done a lot of travelling across Europe; il corteo sfilò nelle strade principali, the procession wound its way through the main streets; correre nei campi, to run across the fields; tanti pensieri le passavano nella mente, many thoughts went through her mind

4 (cambiamento, passaggio, trasformazione) into: tradurre dall'inglese in italiano, to translate from English into Italian; convertire gli euro in dollari, to change euros into dollars; la proprietà è stata divisa in due, the property has been divided in half (o into two); il vaso cadde e andò in frantumi, the vase fell and broke into pieces // si è fatto in quattro per aiutarci, he bent over backwards to help us // il maltempo ha mandato in fumo tutti i nostri progetti, the bad weather put paid to all our plans // di bene in meglio, better and better; di male in peggio, from bad to worse // di tre in tre, in threes // Anita Rossi in De Marchi, (di donna coniugata) Anita De Marchi, née Rossi // andare in rovina, to go to (rack and) ruin (anche fig.) // andare in estasi, to be overjoyed // montare in collera, to fly into a rage

5 (tempo) in; on; at: in marzo, in primavera, in March, in spring; in pieno inverno, in the middle of winter; in una mattina d'estate, one (o on a) summer morning; in quel giorno, on that day; in questo (preciso) momento, at this (very) moment; in tutta la mia vita, in all my life; nel pomeriggio, in the afternoon; si è laureato nel 1980, he graduated in 1980; tornerò a casa nel mese di settembre, I'll return home in September; nell'era atomica, in the atomic age; in gioventù, in (one's) youth; in tempo di guerra, di pace, in wartime, in peacetime; in epoca vittoriana, in the Victorian age; esamineranno otto candidati in un giorno, they will examine eight candidates in one day; ha fatto tutto il lavoro in due ore, he got through all the work in two hours; viene in Italia tre volte in un anno, he comes to Italy three times a year // arriverò in giornata, I'll arrive some time in the day // in serata, during the evening // nello stesso tempo, at the same time // nel frattempo, in the meantime // in un attimo, in un batter d'occhio, in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye // in men che non si dica, quick as a flash // in quattro e quattr'otto, in less than no time // di ora in ora, di giorno in giorno, from time to time, from day to day

6 (modo, maniera) in; on: il pubblico ascoltava in silenzio, the audience listened in silence; mi guardava in un modo strano, he looked at me in a strange way (o strangely); parla in perfetto italiano, he speaks perfect Italian; scrivere in penna, in matita, in corsivo, in versi, to write in pen, in pencil, in italics, in verse; le istruzioni erano scritte in tedesco, the instructions were written in German; camminava in fretta, he was walking in a hurry; rispose in tono sgarbato, he answered rudely; entrammo in punta di piedi, we entered on tiptoe; procedevano in fila indiana, they walked single file; preferì rimanere in disparte, he preferred to stay on his own; stare in piedi, to stand on one's feet; tutti erano in abito da sera, they were all in evening dress; uscì in pantofole sul pianerottolo, he went on to the landing in his slippers // (resto) in attesa di una vostra cortese risposta, (nelle lettere) awaiting your reply // (comm.) assegno in bianco, blank cheque; pagare in contanti, in assegni, to pay cash, by cheque; 10.000 euro in biglietti da 10, 10,000 euros in 10 euro notes // una riproduzione in miniatura, a reproduction in miniature (o a miniature reproduction); trasmettere in diretta, to broadcast live // una partita in casa, in trasferta, a home, an away match // pomodori in insalata, tomato salad; pollo in gelatina, chicken in aspic

7 (stato, condizione, circostanza) in, at: essere in pace, in guerra con qlcu., to be at peace, at war with s.o.; mi piace stare in compagnia, I like company; vivere nell'angoscia, to live in anxiety; in salute e in malattia, in sickness and in health; morì in miseria, he died in poverty; la sua vita era in pericolo, her life was in danger; ero in una situazione imbarazzante, I was in an embarrassing position; siamo nei pasticci!, we're in a mess!; ben presto si trovò nei guai fino al collo, he soon found himself up to his neck in trouble; non sono in condizioni di pagare una cifra simile, I'm not in a position to pay such a sum (of money) // essere in odio, in simpatia a qlcu., to be liked, to be hated by s.o.

8 (limitazione, misura) in, at: (la) laurea in lingue, a degree in languages; dottore in legge, doctor of law; è bravo in matematica, ma è debole in francese, he's good at maths, but poor at French; un terzo della classe è stato rimandato in chimica, a third of the class is having to repeat chemistry; ha conseguito il diploma in ragioneria, he got a diploma in bookkeeping; ha intenzione di specializzarsi in pediatria, he is going to specialize in pediatrics; la nostra ditta commercia in pellami, our firm deals in leather goods; mio fratello è campione di salto in alto, my brother is high jump champion; la stanza era 5 metri in lunghezza, the room was 5 metres long

9 (materia): una statua in bronzo, a bronze statue; una borsa in pelle, a leather handbag; rivestimento in legno, wood panelling; abito in puro cotone, an all cotton dress; poltrone in velluto, velvet armchairs; incisione in rame, copperplate engraving; un vassoio in argento, a silver tray ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, in questo significato si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. in

10 (mezzo) by; in; on: viaggiare in treno, in aereo, in macchina, to travel by train, by air, by car; sei venuto a piedi o in autobus?, have you come on foot or by bus?; abbiamo fatto una gita in barca, we went out on the boat; pagare in euro, in dollari, in assegni, to pay in euros, in dollars, by cheque

11 (fine, scopo): ho avuto in dono una macchina fotografica, I've been presented with a camera; il vincitore riceverà in premio un milione di dollari, the winner will receive a prize of a million dollars; mi ha dato in prestito la sua macchina per qualche giorno, he has lent me his car for a few days; mi hanno mandato in visione il primo volume dell'opera, they sent me the first volume of the work to look at; la festa era in onore del sindaco, the party was in honour of the mayor; parlare in difesa di qlcu., to speak in s.o.'s defence

12 (seguito da inf.): nell'entrare mi accorsi subito che qualcosa non andava, on entering I realized at once there was something wrong; l'ho incontrato nel tornare, I met him on the way back; nel salire in macchina mi sono cadute le chiavi, I dropped my keys while getting into the car; il bicchiere si è rotto nel lavarlo, the glass broke while it was being washed; nel dire ciò fu preso da commozione, in saying this he was overcome by emotion

13 (predicativo; in ingl. non si traduce): siamo rimasti in due, only two of us were left; fra tutti eravamo in quaranta, there were forty of us in all; erano in molti, in pochi, there were many of them, few of them; se fossi in te, if I were you; dipingere qlco. in rosso, to paint sthg. red.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: in alto, up there; up (above); in basso, down there; down (below); in giù, downward (s); in su, upward (s) // in cerca di, in search of // in dettaglio, in detail; in forse, in doubt // in particolare, in particular // in quanto, in so far as: in quanto a ciò, as for that // in tutti i modi, in any case; in virtù di, as... // in rapporto a, as regards // in qualità di, in (one's) capacity as // nel caso che, (se, qualora) if; (nell'eventualità che) in case: portati l'ombrello, nel caso che piova, take your umbrella with you in case it rains; nel caso che torni prima di me, fatti dare le chiavi dal portinaio, if you should get back before I do, get the keys from the custodian // in fede, yours faithfully // in coscienza, truthfully // in lungo e in largo, far and wide.

* * *
[in]
1. prep in + il = nel, in + lo = nello, in + l'= nell', in + la = nella, in + i = nei, in + gli = negli, in + le = nelle

1) (stato in luogo) in, (all'interno) inside

sono rimasto in casa — I stayed at home, I stayed indoors

è nell' editoria/nell' esercito — he is in publishing/in the army

è in fondo all'armadio — it is at the back of the wardrobe

è bravo in latino — he's good at Latin

dottore in legge — doctor of law

in lei ho trovato una sorella — I found a sister in her

in lui non c'era più speranza — there was no hope left in him

nell' opera di Shakespeare — in Shakespeare's works

vivo in Scozia — I live in Scotland

aveva le mani in tasca — he had his hands in his pockets

il pranzo è in tavola — lunch is on the table

se fossi in te — if I were you

un giornale diffuso in tutta Italia — a newspaper read all over o throughout Italy

2) (moto a luogo) to, (dentro) into

andare in campagna/in montagna — to go into the country/to the mountains

andrò in Francia — I'm going to France

entrare in casa — to go into the house

entrare in macchina — to get into the car

gettare qc in acqua — to throw sth into the water

inciampò in una radice — he tripped over a root

l'ho messo là in alto/basso — I put it up/down there

spostarsi di città in città — to move from town to town

3)

(moto per luogo) il corteo è passato in piazza — the procession passed through the square

sta facendo un viaggio in Egitto — he's travelling in o around Egypt

4) (tempo) in

negli anni ottanta — in the eighties

nel 1960 — in 1960

è cambiata molto in un anno — she has changed a lot in a year

in autunno — in autumn

di giorno in giorno — from day to day

in gioventù — in one's youth

in questo istante — at the moment

in luglio, nel mese di luglio — in July

lo farò in settimana — I'll do it within the week

5) (mezzo) by

mi piace viaggiare in aereo — I like travelling by plane, I like flying

pagare in contanti/in dollari — to pay cash/in dollars

ci andremo in macchina — we'll go there by car, we'll drive there

siamo andati in treno — we went by train

6) (modo, maniera) in

in abito da sera — in evening dress

tagliare in due — to cut in two

in fiamme — on fire, in flames

in gruppo — in a group

in guerra — at war

tradurre in italiano — to translate into Italian

parlare in italiano — to speak Italian

nell' oscurità — in the darkness

in piedi — standing, on one's feet

in prosa — in prose

in silenzio — in silence

scrivere in stampatello — to write in block letters

in versi — in verse

Maria Bianchi in Rossi — Maria Rossi née Bianchi

7) (materia) made of

in marmo — made of marble, marble attr

braccialetto in oro — gold bracelet

lo stesso modello in seta — the same model in silk

8)

(fine, scopo) spende tutto in divertimenti — he spends all his money on entertainment

me lo hanno dato in dono — they gave it to me as a gift

in favore di — in favour of

in onore di — in honour of

9) (misura) in

in altezza — in height

arrivarono in gran numero — they arrived in large numbers

in lunghezza — in length

siamo in quattro — there are four of us

in tutto — in all

10)

(con infinito) ha sbagliato nel rispondere male — he was wrong to be rude

si è fatto male nel salire sull'autobus — he hurt himself as he was getting onto the bus

nell' udire la notizia — on hearing the news

2. avv

essere in — (di moda, attuale) to be in

3. agg inv

la gente in — the in-crowd

* * *
[in]
preposizione (artcl. nel, nello, nella, nell'; pl. nei, negli, nelle)

1) (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) on

abito in via Roma — I live in BE o on AE via Roma

vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna — to live in Italy, in town, in the country

stare in casa — to stay at home

essere in un taxi — to be in a taxi

in televisione — on TV

in questa storia — in this story

nel suo discorso — in his speech

che cosa ti piace in un uomo? — what do you like in a man?

un tema ricorrente in Montale — a recurrent theme in Montale's work

2) (moto a luogo) to

andare in Francia, in città, in campagna — to go to France, to town, to the country

andare in vacanza — to go on holiday

vado in macelleria — I'm going to the butcher's

entrare in una stanza — to go into a room

il treno sta per entrare in stazione — the train is arriving at the station

salire in macchina — to get into the car

3) (moto per luogo)

passeggiare in centro — to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE

viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti — to travel around o through Cina, the United States

correre nei prati — to run across the fields

infilare il dito nella fessura — to stick one's finger through the slit

4) (tempo) (durante)

in inverno — in winter

nel 1991 — in 1991

nel Medio Evo — in the Middle Ages

negli ultimi giorni — over the last few days

in settimana mangio alla mensa — during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro)

l'ho fatto in due giorni — I did it in two days

lo farò in settimana — I'll do it within the week

5) (mezzo) by

sono venuto in taxi — I came here by taxi

abbiamo fatto un giro in barca — we went out on the boat

6) (modo, maniera)

un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi — a work in verse, in English, in three volumes

parlare in spagnolo — to speak Spanish

in piena forma — in great shape

in contanti — (in) cash

7) (fine)

ho avuto questo libro in regalo — this book was given to me as a present

in vendita — for sale

8) (trasformazione)

tradurre in italiano — to translate into Italian

cambiare delle sterline in dollari — to change pounds in dollars

9) (per indicare relazione di matrimonio)

Enza Bianchi in Rossi — Enza Rossi, née Bianchi

10) (materia)

è in oro — it's made of gold

un anello in oro — a gold ring

11) (limitazione)

laurea in filosofia — degree in philosophy

laureato in lettere — arts graduate

essere bravo in storia — to be good at history

malattia frequente nei bovini — common disease in cattle

in politica — in politics

12) (misura)

il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza — the wall is three metres high and six metres long

13) (quantità)

erano in venti — there were twenty of them

siamo in pochi — there are few of us

abbiamo fatto il lavoro in due — two of us did the job

14) (davanti a un infinito)

nel tornare a casa,... — on my way home,...

nel dire così,... — saying this

* * *

in

/in/

preposizione

(artcl. nel, nello, nella, nell'; pl. nei, negli, nelle)

1 (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) on; abito in via Roma I live in BE o on AE via Roma; vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna to live in Italy, in town, in the country; stare in casa to stay at home; essere in un taxi to be in a taxi; in televisione on TV; in questa storia in this story; nel suo discorso in his speech; che cosa ti piace in un uomo? what do you like in a man? un tema ricorrente in Montale a recurrent theme in Montale's work

2 (moto a luogo) to; andare in Francia, in città, in campagna to go to France, to town, to the country; andare in vacanza to go on holiday; vado in macelleria I'm going to the butcher's; entrare in una stanza to go into a room; il treno sta per entrare in stazione the train is arriving at the station; salire in macchina to get into the car

3 (moto per luogo) passeggiare in centro to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE; viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti to travel around o through Cina, the United States; correre nei prati to run across the fields; infilare il dito nella fessura to stick one's finger through the slit

4 (tempo) (durante) in inverno in winter; nel 1991 in 1991; nel Medio Evo in the Middle Ages; negli ultimi giorni over the last few days; in settimana mangio alla mensa during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro) l'ho fatto in due giorni I did it in two days; lo farò in settimana I'll do it within the week

5 (mezzo) by; sono venuto in taxi I came here by taxi; abbiamo fatto un giro in barca we went out on the boat

6 (modo, maniera) un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi a work in verse, in English, in three volumes; parlare in spagnolo to speak Spanish; in piena forma in great shape; in contanti (in) cash

7 (fine) ho avuto questo libro in regalo this book was given to me as a present; in vendita for sale

8 (trasformazione) tradurre in italiano to translate into Italian; cambiare delle sterline in dollari to change pounds in dollars

9 (per indicare relazione di matrimonio) Enza Bianchi in Rossi Enza Rossi, née Bianchi

10 (materia) è in oro it's made of gold; un anello in oro a gold ring

11 (limitazione) laurea in filosofia degree in philosophy; laureato in lettere arts graduate; essere bravo in storia to be good at history; malattia frequente nei bovini common disease in cattle; in politica in politics

12 (misura) il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza the wall is three metres high and six metres long

13 (quantità) erano in venti there were twenty of them; siamo in pochi there are few of us; abbiamo fatto il lavoro in due two of us did the job

14 (davanti a un infinito) nel tornare a casa,... on my way home,...; nel dire così,... saying this,...

\

See also notes... (in.pdf)

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > in
19 portare

( trasportare) carry

( accompagnare) take

( avere adosso) wear

( condurre) lead

portare via take away

mi ha portato un regalo he brought me a present

portale un regalo take her a present

portare in tavola serve

essere portato per qualcosa/per fare qualcosa have a gift for something/for doing something

portare fortuna be lucky

porta bene i propri anni he doesn't look his age

* * *

portare v.tr.

1 (verso chi parla, ascolta) to bring*; ( andare a prendere) to fetch: portami un bicchier d'acqua, bring me a glass of water; portami i libri che ho lasciato sul tavolo, fetch me the books I left on the table; questo vento porterà pioggia, this wind will bring rain; spero mi porterai buone notizie, I hope you'll bring me good news; ti porto una tazza di tè?, shall I bring you a cup of tea?; portare dentro, fuori, su, giù, to bring in, out, up, down // devo portare in tavola?, shall I serve the dinner?

2 ( lontano da chi parla; accompagnare) to take*: mi porti al cinema questa sera?, will you take me to the pictures tonight?; porta questa lettera a mio fratello, alla posta, take this letter to my brother, to the post; porta questo vassoio in camera sua, take this tray to his room; il suo cappello fu portato via dal vento, his hat blew off; ti porterò a casa in automobile, I'll drive you home; ti porterò a passeggio, I'll take you for a walk; portare dentro, fuori, su, giù, to take in, out, up, down // portare via, ( togliere) to take away; ( rubare) to steal; ( far morire) to carry off: mi fai il piacere di portare via la tua roba?, will you please take your stuff away?; in autobus mi hanno portato via il portafoglio, they stole my wallet on the bus; una polmonite l'ha portato via in pochi giorni, he was carried off by pneumonia within a few days; è un lavoro che porta via molto tempo, it's a job that takes a long time // che il diavolo ti porti!, go to the devil!

3 ( portare con fatica, sostenere; portare d'abitudine) to carry: porta di sopra questo baule, carry this trunk upstairs; non porto mai l'ombrello, I never carry an umbrella; i poliziotti in Inghilterra non portano armi, the police in Britain don't carry guns; porta sempre molto denaro contante con sé, he always carries a lot of cash on him; portare qlcu. in trionfo, to carry s.o. in triumph; portare una valigia sulle spalle, to carry a suitcase on one's shoulders // ognuno ha la propria croce da portare, everyone has his own cross to bear; portare qlcu. in palmo di mano, to hold s.o. in great esteem (o to have a high opinion of s.o.) // quell'uomo porta bene i suoi anni, that man doesn't look his age // portare vasi a Samo, acqua al mare, to carry coals to Newcastle

4 portare avanti, to maintain, to carry out: ha sempre portato avanti una linea politica coraggiosa, he always carried out (o maintained) a courageous policy; portò avanti per tutta la vita un discorso di culturizzazione delle masse, throughout his life he carried out the task of promoting mass education; ha sempre portato avanti le sue battaglie in prima persona, he has always fought his own battles; (dir.) portare avanti un'azione legale, to maintain a legal action; portare fra le braccia qlcu., to carry s.o. in one's arms

5 ( portare con sé) to bring*, to take*: hai portato il costume da bagno?, did you bring your bathing costume?; porta con te un po' di dollari, take some dollars with you; porta con te tuo fratello, take your brother with you

6 ( condurre) to lead*: questa strada porta all'albergo, this road leads to the hotel; il benessere sociale portò a questa situazione, social affluence led to this situation // portare un piano a compimento, to carry out a plan // portare qlcu. a conoscenza di qlco., to bring sthg. to s.o.'s knowledge // tutte le strade portano a Roma, (prov.) all roads lead to Rome

7 ( indurre) to induce: tutto porta a credere alla sua innocenza, everything induces (o leads) one to believe in his innocence // portare qlcu. alla disperazione, to drive s.o. to despair

8 ( guidare, condurre) to drive*; to pilot: non sa portare l'auto, he can't drive (a car); portare la nave in porto, to pilot the ship into port

9 ( indossare, avere) to wear*, to have on, to be dressed in (sthg.): portava un paio di scarpe bianche, she was wearing a pair of white shoes; portare i capelli lunghi, corti, to wear one's hair long, short (o to have long, short hair); portare un fiore all'occhiello, to wear a flower in one's button hole; portare occhiali, gioielli, to wear glasses, jewels; portare un soprabito, un cappello, to wear an overcoat, a hat; portare il lutto, to wear mourning

10 ( nutrire) to nourish, to bear*: portare odio, to nourish feelings of hatred; portare rancore verso qlcu., to bear s.o. a grudge; portare speranze, to nourish hopes // portare rispetto a qlcu., to have respect for s.o.

11 ( causare) to cause, to bring forth: questo cattivo tempo porterà molte malattie, this bad weather will cause a lot of illness; la sua assenza mi ha portato molto danno, his absence has done me a lot of harm; portare fortuna, to bring luck

12 ( produrre) to bear*, to bring* forth, to yield, to produce: il melo non porterà nessun frutto quest'anno, the apple tree will not bear any fruit this year

13 ( avere) to bear*, to have*: questa lettera porta una data sbagliata, this letter is wrongly dated; questo documento porta una firma falsa, this document bears a false signature; il suo libro porta uno strano titolo, his book has a strange title

14 ( sopportare) to bear*, to endure: porta la sua pena con molto coraggio, he bears his pain very bravely

15 ( addurre) to bring forward, to put forward: portare prove, buone ragioni, un esempio, to bring (o to put) forward proofs, good reasons, an example; portò delle scuse ridicole, he made some absurd excuses

16 (mat.) ( riportare) to carry: scrivo 5 e porto 3, I put down 5 and carry 3

17 (di cannone ecc.) ( aver una portata di) to have a range of (sthg.)

18 ( sostenere, appoggiare) to support.

◘ portarsi v.rifl. o intr.pron.

1 ( spostarsi) to move: dovresti portarti a destra, you should move to the right

2 ( andare) to go*; ( venire) to come*: cercherò di portarmi a Roma al più presto, I'll try to come, to go to Rome as soon as possible; dovresti portarti in città verso mezzogiorno, you should be in town around noon

3 ( comportarsi) to behave*: portare bene, male, to behave well, badly

4 ( stare di salute): portare bene, male, to be in good, bad health (for one's age).

* * *
[por'tare]
1. vt

1) (sostenere, sorreggere: peso, bambino, pacco) to carry

portava il pacco sottobraccio — he was carrying the parcel under his arm

questa macchina porta 4 persone — this car can carry 4 people

puoi portarmi la valigia? — can you carry my case for me?

si porta dietro un sacco di roba — he carries masses of stuff round with him

portare via — to take away, (rubare) to take

schedare questi documenti porta via molto tempo — filing these documents takes (up) a lot of time

porta bene i suoi anni — he's wearing well, he doesn't look his age

ognuno ha la propria croce da portare — we all have our cross to bear

2)

(consegnare, recare) portare qc (a qn) — to take (o bring) sth (to sb)

porta il libro in cucina! — (vicino a chi parla) bring the book into the kitchen!, (lontano da chi parla) take the book into the kitchen!

portami un bicchiere! — bring me a glass!

portalo qui — bring it here

porta questa lettera a Lucia — take this letter to Lucia

posso portarli a casa? — can I bring (o take) them home?

portare qc alla bocca — to lift o put sth to one's lips

il suo intervento ha portato dei vantaggi — his intervention has brought certain advantages

portare fortuna/sfortuna a qn — to bring (good) luck/bad luck to sb

3) (condurre) to take, (sogg : strada) to take, lead

(fig : indurre) portare qn a (fare) qc — to lead sb to (do) sth

dove porta questa strada? — where does this road lead?, where does this road take you?

portare i bambini a spasso — to take the children for a walk

sta portando i bambini a scuola — she's taking the children to school

il vento ci sta portando al largo — the wind is carrying us out to sea

dove ti porterà tutto questo? — where will all this lead you?

portare qn alla disperazione — to drive sb to despair

stiamo portando avanti il discorso sul disarmo — we are pursuing the topic of disarmament

4) (indossare: scarpe, vestito, occhiali) to wear, have on

portava un bel vestito — she was wearing a beautiful dress

non porto più queste scarpe — I don't wear these shoes any more

porta i capelli lunghi — he wears his hair long, he has long hair

5) (avere: nome, titolo, firma) to have, bear, (fig : sentimenti) to bear

porta il nome di suo nonno — he is called after his grandfather

il documento porta la tua firma — the document has o bears your signature

Firenze porta ancora i segni dell'alluvione — Florence still bears the signs of the flood

non gli porto rancore — I don't bear him a grudge

2. vip (portarsi)

(recarsi) to go

la polizia si è portata sul luogo del disastro — the police went to the scene of the disaster

portarsi al tiro Calcio, Basket — to move into a scoring position

* * *
[por'tare] 1.
verbo transitivo

1) (verso chi parla) to bring*; (andare a prendere) to fetch

portami quella sedia — bring me that chair

ci ha portato dei regali dal suo viaggio — he brought us back presents from his trip

portami qualcosa da bere — get me something to drink

te ne porto un altro — I'll fetch you another one

2) (lontano da chi parla) to take*

portare qcs. a qcn. — to take sb. sth., to take sth. to sb.

portare delle sedie in giardino — to take chairs into the garden

portare la macchina dal meccanico — to take the car to the garage

3) (trasportare) to carry

portare una valigia — to carry a suitcase

portare qcs. sulle spalle — to carry sth. on one's back

portare in braccio un bambino — to hold a baby in one's arms

essere portato dal vento — to be blown along by the wind, to be borne on the wind

4) (prendere con sé) to take*, to bring* [ oggetto]

non dimenticare di portare un ombrello — don't forget to take an umbrella

5) (accompagnare) to take*; (condurre con sé) to bring* [amico, cane]

portare qcn. a scuola, all'ospedale — to take sb. to school, to the hospital

ti porto a casa — I'll take you home

portare qcn. a ballare — to take sb. dancing

6) (condurre) to bring*, to lead* (anche fig.)

un autobus ti porterà in albergo — a bus will take you to the hotel

cosa ti ha portato qui? — what brought you here?

questa discussione non ci sta portando da nessuna parte — fig. this discussion is leading o getting us nowhere

portare qcn. alla follia, alla disperazione — fig. to drive sb. to madness, despair

7) (causare)

portare danno — to cause o do harm

portare fortuna, sfortuna a qcn. — to bring sb. good, bad luck

porta bene, male fare — it's good, bad luck to do

portare frutti — to bear fruit

8) (indurre)

tutto porta a credere che — there is every indication that, all the indications are that

questo ci porta alla conclusione che — this leads us to the conclusion that

9) (avere) to wear* [barba, capelli]

porta i capelli lunghi — she wears her hair long

10) (indossare) to wear*, to have* on [ vestito]; to wear* [gioiello, occhiali, lenti a contatto]; to take* [ taglia]

che numero porti di scarpe? — what size shoes do you take?

porto il 40 di scarpe — I take size 40 shoes

11) (avere) to bear*, to have* [nome, titolo]

porto il nome di mia nonna — I'm named after my grandmother

portare i segni di — to bear the marks o signs of

ne porta ancora i segni — fig. he still bears the scars

12) (reggere, sostenere) [colonna, struttura] to bear*, to hold*, to support [tetto, peso]; [persona, animale] to bear* [ peso]

13) (nutrire un sentimento) to bear*, to nourish [amore, rancore]

portare rispetto a qcn. — to have respect for sb.

porta pazienza! — be patient! have some patience!

14) (addurre) to adduce, to put* forward [ragione, motivazioni]; to bring* forward, to produce [ prove]

15) (comunicare, riferire)

porta loro i miei saluti — send them my regards

16) mat. colloq.

scrivo 3, porto 2 — I put down 3 and carry 2

17) portare via (prendere con sé) to take* away, to carry away

portare via la spazzatura — to clear away the rubbish

"due hamburger da portare via" — "two hamburgers to take away BE o to go AE "; (rubare) to steal*, to take*; (trasportare) [ acqua] to bear* away, to carry away [persona, barca]; [ vento] to blow* off, to blow* away [ cappello]; (richiedere) to take* (up) [ tempo]

18) portare avanti (proseguire) to follow through, to pursue [idea, teoria]; to carry out [campagna, indagine]; (mettere avanti) to put* forward, to put* on [ orologio]

19) portare indietro to take* back, to return [ merce]; (mettere indietro) to put* back, to turn back [ orologio]

20) portare su to carry up; (al piano di sopra) to take* upstairs; (far aumentare) to force up [ prezzi]

21) portare giù, sotto to bring* down; (al piano di sotto) to take* downstairs

22) portare dentro to bring* inside, to fetch in

23) portare fuori to carry out, to fetch out

portare fuori il cane — to take the dog for a walk, to walk the dog

portare fuori l'immondizia — to put the garbage out
2.
verbo intransitivo (aus. avere)

1) (condurre) to lead*

questa strada porta alla chiesa — this road leads to the church

2) arm.

un cannone che porta a 2500 metri — a cannon with a range of 2500 metres
3.
verbo pronominale portarsi

1) (andare) to go*; (venire) to come*; (spostarsi) to move

- rsi in testa alla classifica — to get to first place

2) (con sé) to bring* along

- rsi il lavoro a casa — to take one's work home

3) portarsi dietro to bring* along

un'abitudine che ci si porta dietro dall'infanzia — a habit that is carried over from childhood

4) portarsi avanti (progredire)

mi sono portata avanti nel lavoro — I've got well ahead with my work

* * *

portare

/por'tare/ [1]

Tra i verbi inglesi che traducono l'italiano portare, to bring e to take sottolineano il movimento e la direzione verso cui si porta qualcosa: to bring implica l'idea di venire verso chi parla o ascolta, to take l'idea di allontanarsi da chi parla o ascolta (cameriere, mi porti il conto per favore! = waiter, bring me the bill, please!; prenditi l'ombrello! = take your umbrella with you!). Il verbo to carry, invece, non implica alcuna direzione ma piuttosto l'idea di trasportare qualcosa, o portare qualcosa con sé: mi porti tu questi libri, per favore? = will you carry these books for me, please? non porto mai molti soldi con me = I never carry much money with me. Tra gli equivalenti più specifici di portare, tutti elencati nella voce qui sotto, si noti in particolare to wear, cioè indossare.

I verbo transitivo

1 (verso chi parla) to bring*; (andare a prendere) to fetch; portami quella sedia bring me that chair; ci ha portato dei regali dal suo viaggio he brought us back presents from his trip; portami qualcosa da bere get me something to drink; te ne porto un altro I'll fetch you another one

2 (lontano da chi parla) to take*; portare qcs. a qcn. to take sb. sth., to take sth. to sb.; portare delle sedie in giardino to take chairs into the garden; portare la macchina dal meccanico to take the car to the garage

3 (trasportare) to carry; portare una valigia to carry a suitcase; portare qcs. sulle spalle to carry sth. on one's back; portare in braccio un bambino to hold a baby in one's arms; essere portato dal vento to be blown along by the wind, to be borne on the wind

4 (prendere con sé) to take*, to bring* [ oggetto]; non dimenticare di portare un ombrello don't forget to take an umbrella

5 (accompagnare) to take*; (condurre con sé) to bring* [amico, cane]; portare qcn. a scuola, all'ospedale to take sb. to school, to the hospital; ti porto a casa I'll take you home; portare qcn. a ballare to take sb. dancing

6 (condurre) to bring*, to lead* (anche fig.); un autobus ti porterà in albergo a bus will take you to the hotel; cosa ti ha portato qui? what brought you here? questa discussione non ci sta portando da nessuna parte fig. this discussion is leading o getting us nowhere; portare qcn. alla follia, alla disperazione fig. to drive sb. to madness, despair

7 (causare) portare danno to cause o do harm; portare fortuna, sfortuna a qcn. to bring sb. good, bad luck; porta bene, male fare it's good, bad luck to do; portare frutti to bear fruit

8 (indurre) tutto porta a credere che there is every indication that, all the indications are that; questo ci porta alla conclusione che this leads us to the conclusion that

9 (avere) to wear* [barba, capelli]; porta i capelli lunghi she wears her hair long

10 ⇒ 35 (indossare) to wear*, to have* on [ vestito]; to wear* [gioiello, occhiali, lenti a contatto]; to take* [ taglia]; che numero porti di scarpe? what size shoes do you take? porto il 40 di scarpe I take size 40 shoes

11 (avere) to bear*, to have* [nome, titolo]; porto il nome di mia nonna I'm named after my grandmother; portare i segni di to bear the marks o signs of; ne porta ancora i segni fig. he still bears the scars

12 (reggere, sostenere) [colonna, struttura] to bear*, to hold*, to support [tetto, peso]; [persona, animale] to bear* [ peso]

13 (nutrire un sentimento) to bear*, to nourish [amore, rancore]; portare rispetto a qcn. to have respect for sb.; porta pazienza! be patient! have some patience!

14 (addurre) to adduce, to put* forward [ragione, motivazioni]; to bring* forward, to produce [ prove]

15 (comunicare, riferire) porta loro i miei saluti send them my regards

16 mat. colloq. scrivo 3, porto 2 I put down 3 and carry 2

17 portare via (prendere con sé) to take* away, to carry away; portare via la spazzatura to clear away the rubbish; "due hamburger da portare via" "two hamburgers to take away BE o to go AE "; (rubare) to steal*, to take*; (trasportare) [ acqua] to bear* away, to carry away [persona, barca]; [ vento] to blow* off, to blow* away [ cappello]; (richiedere) to take* (up) [ tempo]

18 portare avanti (proseguire) to follow through, to pursue [idea, teoria]; to carry out [campagna, indagine]; (mettere avanti) to put* forward, to put* on [ orologio]

19 portare indietro to take* back, to return [ merce]; (mettere indietro) to put* back, to turn back [ orologio]

20 portare su to carry up; (al piano di sopra) to take* upstairs; (far aumentare) to force up [ prezzi]

21 portare giù, sotto to bring* down; (al piano di sotto) to take* downstairs

22 portare dentro to bring* inside, to fetch in

23 portare fuori to carry out, to fetch out; portare fuori il cane to take the dog for a walk, to walk the dog; portare fuori l'immondizia to put the garbage out

II verbo intransitivo

(aus. avere)

1 (condurre) to lead*; questa strada porta alla chiesa this road leads to the church

2 arm. un cannone che porta a 2500 metri a cannon with a range of 2500 metres

III portarsi verbo pronominale

1 (andare) to go*; (venire) to come*; (spostarsi) to move; - rsi in testa alla classifica to get to first place

2 (con sé) to bring* along; - rsi il lavoro a casa to take one's work home

3 portarsi dietro to bring* along; un'abitudine che ci si porta dietro dall'infanzia a habit that is carried over from childhood

4 portarsi avanti (progredire) mi sono portata avanti nel lavoro I've got well ahead with my work.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > portare
20 KOMA

arrive

* * *

I)

(kem; kom or kvam, kómum or kvamúm; kominn), v.

1) to come (litlu síðarr kómu Finnar aptr heim);

2) to come, arrive (bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli);

kom svá, at (it came to pass, that) Bárði var heitit meyjunni;

3) with dat. of the object, to make to come, to take, bring, carry, etc.;

hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðargarða, he should make Th. come to G.;

hann kom Þórhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river;

koma e-m í hel, to put one to death;

koma e-m til falls, to make one fall;

koma e-m í sætt við e-n, to reconcile one with another;

koma sér vel hjá e-m, to bring oneself into favour with, be agreeable to (þeir kómu sér vel við alla);

koma e-u til leiðar (til vegar), to effect, bring about;

koma orðum við e-n, to speak with a person (hann gørði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma);

4) with preps.:

koma e-u af sér, to get rid of (allt mun ek til vinna at koma af mér yðvarri reiði);

koma e-u af, to abolish (Þvi hafði eigi orðit af komitmeði öllu);

koma at e-m, to come upon one (kómu þessir at honum fyrir Sjólandi með tveim skipum);

koma at hendi, to happen (mikill vandi er kominn at hendi);

impers., Gunnarr játaði því, en þá er at kom, vildi hann eigi, G. agreed to it, but when it came to the point he would not;

koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover (koma at hamri);

koma sér at e-u, to bring oneself to (Þ. kom sér ekki at því);

koma á e-t, to come on, hit (höggit kom á lærit);

koma e-u á, to bring about, effect (máttu þeir øngum flutningum á koma);

koma kristni (dat.) á England, to christianize E.;

koma fram, to come forth, appear, emerge (sigldi E. suðr með landi ok kom fram í Danmörk); to be produced, brought forward (nú mun pat fram koma sem ek sagða);

koma e-u fram, to bring about, effect (koma fram hefndum);

koma fyrir e-t, to be an equivalent for (fyrir víg Hjartar skyldi koma víg Kols);

allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will all come to the same;

koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail;

e-m þykkir fyrir ván komit, at, one thinks it past all hope, that;

koma e-u fyrir, to destroy (hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir);

koma í e-t, to come into, enter;

mál koma í dóm, suits are brought up for judgement;

koma niðr, to come down;

hann reyndi eptir, hvar G. væri niðr kominn, what had become of G.;

kom þar niðr tal hennar, at hon sagði honum, hversu, the end of her talk was, that she told him how koma;

koma hart niðr, to pay dearly for it (ek hafða illa til gört, enda kom ek hart niðr);

koma saman, to come together, gather (er saman kom liðit); to agree;

þat kom saman (or ásamt) með þeim, they agreed on it;

impers., kom þeim vel saman (ásamt), they agreed well;

koma e-u saman, to bring about, effect;

koma saman sættum með e-m, to reconcile them;

koma til e-s, to come to a person or place (jarlinn kom með allan her sinn til Dyflinnar);

koma till ríkis, to come to, or succeed to, the throne;

koma til e-s, to cause: þat kemr til þess, at, the reason is, that; to help, avail: koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail (= koma fyrir lítit); to concern: þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, this quarrel is no business of thine; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned; to mean, signify (Þ. kvezk skilja, hvar orð hans kómu til); to be of value: sverð þat, er til kom mörk gulls, that was worth a ‘mark’ of gold; mikit þykkir til e-s koma, one is much thought of, is thought to be of great importance;

koma til, to be born;

koma e-m undan, to help one to escape;

koma undir e-n, to come unto one;

ef undir oss skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose;

koma e-m undir, to get one down, overcome one;

koma upp, to come up;

tungl kemr upp, the moon rises;

eldr kom upp, fire broke out;

kom þá upp af tali þeirra, at, the end of their talk was, that; to come out, become known (kom þat þá upp, at hann hafði beðit hennar);

koma e-u upp, to open (kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma);

hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma, it was long before he could utter a word;

koma við e-t, to touch (komit var við hurðina);

þeir kómu við sker, they struck on a reef;

hann kemr við margar sögur, he appears in many sagas; to be added to (koma þær nætr við hinar fyrri);

koma við, to fit, be convenient, suit;

koma e-u við, to employ, make use of (ek mátta eigi boganum við koma); hann kom því við (he brought about), at engi skyldi fara með vápn; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, all fled that could;

koma sér við, to bring about, effect, be able to do (ek mun veita þér slíkt lið sem ek má mér við koma); to behave (hversu hann kom sér við í þessum málum);

koma yfir, to pass over (hvert kveld, er yfir kom);

5) refl., komast;

II)

f. arrival, = kváma.

* * *

pres. sing. kem, kemr, kemr; an older form komr is used constantly in very old and good vellum MSS., as the Kb. of Sæm.; and even spelt keomr or ceomr (in Eluc., Greg., etc.); reflex. komsk, 2nd pers. kømztu ( pervenis), Sdm. 10: pret. kom, kom-k, I came, Skm. 18: 2nd pers. komt, 17, mod. komst: the pret. plur. varies, kvámu being the oldest form; kvómu, often in the MSS.; kómu, as it is still pronounced in the west of Icel.; the usual and latest form is komu, with a short vowel; the spelling of the MSS. cannot always be ascertained, as the word is usually written k^umu or q^umu: pret. subj. kvæmi and kꝍmi (kæmi): imperat. kom, kom-ðú, proncd, kondu, come thou! pret. infin. kómu ( venisse), Fms. i. 224 (in a verse), Geisli 62:—with suff. neg., pres. kmr-at or kømr-að, Akv. 11, Grág. ii. 141, Gkv. 3. 8; pret. kom-a, kom-að, came not, Ls. 56, Þorf. Karl. (in a verse), Þd. 18; 2nd pers. komtaðu ( non venisti), Am. 99; subj. kømi-a ( non veniret), Gs. 10: reflex., pres. kømsk-at, Grág. ii. 180; pret. komsk-at ( could not come), Am. 3:—a middle form, pres. 1st pers. komum-k (komumsk), Ó. H. 140, 214, Skm. 10, 11; subj. pres. komimk, Ó. H. 85; pret. kømomc, Hbl. 33 (Bugge); part. pass. kominn, see Gramm. p. xix. The preterite forms kvam and kvaminn, used in the Edition of the Sturl. and in a few other mod. Editions without warrant in the MSS., are due to the fact that the Edition of Sturl. was published from a transcript now in the Advocates’ Library in Edinburgh, made by the learned priest Eyjolf á Völlum (died A. D. 1745), who used this spelling: in prehistoric times, before the age of writing, it may be assumed for certain that this verb had a v throughout, as in Gothic: [Ulf. qiman, i. e. qwiman, = ἔρχεσθαι; A. S. cuman; Engl. come; O. H. G. queman; Germ. kommen; Dutch komen; Dan. komme; Swed. komma; Lat. venio, qs. gvenio; the Ormul. spells cumenn, indicating a long root vowel; cp. North. E. coom.]

A. To come; sá þeirra sem fyrr kæmi, Fms. ix. 373; konungr kom norðr til Túnsbergs, 375; kómu Finnar heim, i. 9; þeir mágar kómu ór hjúkólfi, Sturl. ii. 124; kömr hann á konungs fund, Fms. ix. 221; þá vóru þeir norðan komnir, 308; hér er nú komin ær ein kollótt, Sturl. i. 159, passim.

2. to become, arrive; bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli, Fms. ix. 375; ef svá síðarliga kömr skip til hlunns, Sks. 28; en er vár kom, Eg. 167; koma at máli við e-n, to have an interview, talk with one, 467; konungi kom njósn, Fms. vii. 57; þá komu honum þau tíðendi, i. 37; þetta kom allt fyrir Ingimar, vii. 114; kom honum þat (it came to him, he got it) fyrir útan fé, en engum kom fyrr, x. 394; hvat sem á bak kemr, whatsoever may befall, Nj. 193; koma e-m at haldi, or í hald, to avail oneself, 192, Fms. x. 413; koma at gagni, to ‘come in useful,’ be of use, Nj. 264; koma at úvörum, to come at unawares, Ld. 132; koma e-m fyrir úvart, id., Fms. xi. 290; koma á úvart, Nj. 236; koma í þörf = koma í gagn, Fms. vii. 14; hvar kom kapp þitt þá? Bs. i. 18; mál koma í dóm, to be brought up for judgment, Fms. vii. 115; líðr vetrinn, kemr þar ( that time comes) er menn fara til Gulaþings, Eg. 340; var þá svá komit, at allir menn vóru sofa farnir, 376; kom svá ( it came to pass) at Bárði var heitið meyjunni, 26; svá kemr, kemr þar, at, it comes to pass. Fb. i. 174, ii. 48, 68; láta koma, to let come, put; síðan létu þeir koma eld í spánuna, Fms. xi. 34.

3. in greeting; kom heill, welcome! kom heill ok sæll, frændi! Nj. 175: mod. komdu (kondu) sæll! komið þér sælir!

II. with prepp.; koma á, to hit; ef á kömr, Grág. ii. 7:—koma at, to come to, arrive, happen; láttu at því koma, let it be so, Dropl. 24; kom þat mjök optliga at honum, of sickness, Fms. vii. 150; kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, sleep came upon them, Nj. 104; koma at hendi, to happen; mikill vandi er kominn at hendi, 177, Hom. 80; koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover; koma at hamri, Þkv. 32:—koma fram, to come forth, appear, stund var í milli er þeir sá framstafninn ok inn eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304; engin kom önnur vistin fram, Eg. 549; nú eru öll sóknar-gögn fram komin, Nj. 143: to emerge, hann kom fram í Danmörk, Hkr. i. 210, 277, Ísl. ii. 232, Eg. 23, Landn. 134, Orkn. 152: to arrive, sendimenn fóru ok fram kómu, Fms. xi. 27; reifa mál þau fyrst er fyrst eru fram komin, each in its turn, Grág. i. 64: to be fulfilled, happen, því er á þínum dögum mun fram koma, Ld. 132; nú mun þat fram komit sem ek sagða, Eg. 283; kom nú fram spásagan Gests, Ld. 286; öll þessi merki kómu fram ok fylldusk, Stj. 444; aldrei skal maðr arf taka eptir þann mann er hann vegr, eðr ræðr bana fram kominn, whom he has slain, or whose death he has devised with effect, Grág. ii. 113; staðar-prýði flest fram komin, Bs. i. 146; vera langt fram kominn, mod. áfram kominn, to be ‘in extremis,’ at the point of death, 644; er sú frásögn eigi langt fram komin, this story comes from not far off, i. e. it is derived from first, not second hand, Fms. viii. 5:—koma fyrir, to come as payment, tvau hundrað skyldu koma fyrir víg Snorra (of weregild), Sturl. ii. 158; henni kvaðsk aldri hefnt þykkja Kjartans, nema Bolli kæmi fyrir, Ld. 240; allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will come to the same, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215, Fms. vi. 5:—koma í, to enter, come in, a fisherman’s term; koma í drátt, to hook a fish; at í komi með ykkr Þorbrandssonum, that ye and the Th. come to loggerheads, Eb. 80:—koma með, to come with a thing, to bring; kondu með það, fetch it!—koma til, to come to; vera kann at eigi spillisk þótt ek koma til, Eg. 506; nú er rétt lögruðning til ykkar komin, Nj. 236; koma til ríkis, to come to a kingdom, Eg. 268; þeir létu til hans koma um alla héraðs-stjórn, Fs. 44: to befall, kom svá til efnis, it so happened, Mar.; þeim hlutum sem hafinu kunni opt til at koma, Stj. 105, Sks. 323: to mean, signify, en hvar kom þat til er hann sagði, Ó. H. 87; ef þat kom til annars, en þess er hann mælti, id.: to cause, hygg ek at meir komi þar til lítilmennska, Eb. 172; konungr spurði hvat til bæri úgleði hans, hann kvað koma til mislyndi sína, Fms. vi. 355, Fb. ii. 80, Band. 29 new Ed.: to concern, þetta mál er eigi kom síðr til yðvar en vár, Fms. vii. 130; þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, Nj. 227; þat er kemr til Knúts, Fms. v. 24; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned, iv. 194; hann kvað þetta mál ekki til sín koma, vi. 100; þeir eru orðmargir ok láta hvervetna til sín koma, meddle in all things, 655 xi. 2: to belong to, skulu þeir gjalda hinum slíka jörð sem til þeirra kemr, proportionally, Jb. 195; kemr þat til vár er lögin kunnum, Nj. 149; sú sök er tylptar-kviðr kömr til, Grág. i. 20; tylptar-kviðar á jafnan á þingi at kveðja, þar sem hann kömr til saka, ii. 37; þá er komit til þessa gjalds ( it is due), er menn koma í akkeris-sát, 408: to help, avail, koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail, Nj. 149, Fms. vi. 211; at göra litla fésekt, veit ek eigi hvat til annars kemr, I am not aware what else will do, I believe that will meet the case best, Band. 36 new Ed.; koma til, to ‘come to,’ of a person in a swoon, etc.; veit ek eigi til hvers koma mun sú tiltekja Fb. i. 177, Fms. xi. 103; hvar til þessi svör skulu koma, i. 3; það kemr til, it will all come right; kom þar til með kóngum tveim, two kings came to a quarrel, Skíða R. 48: to be of value, importance, authority, þótti allt meira til hans koma, Fas. i. 16; hvart sem til hans kæmi meira eðr minna, Fms. xi. 76; sverð þat er til kom hálf mörk gulls, Ld. 32; svá fémikill at til kómu tuttugu merkr gulls, Fms. xi. 85; mér þykir lítið til hans koma, I think little of him:—koma saman, to come together, live together, marry, K. Á. 134: to agree, þat kom saman með þeim, they agreed on it, Dropl. 9, Gísl. 41; kom þat ásamt með þeim, id., Fb. i. 168; koma vel ásamt, to agree well, Nj. 25:—koma undir e-n, to come unto one, ef undir oss bræðr skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose, Nj. 192; öll lögmæt skil þau er undir mik koma á þessu þingi, 239: to depend on, það er mikit undir komið, at …, be of importance:—koma upp, to come up, break out; kom þá upp grátr fyrir henni, she burst into tears, Fms. ix. 477; er lúðrar kvæði við, ok herblástr kæmi upp, v. 74; er seiðlætin kómu upp, Ld. 152; eldr kom upp, fire came up, Ölk. 35, (hence elds-uppkoma, an upcome of fire, an eruption); ef nokkut kemr síðan sannara upp, Fms. vii. 121: þá kom þat upp at hann hafði beðit hennar, Eg. 587; kom þat upp af tali þeirra, at …, Fms. vii. 282; þat kom upp ( it ended so) at hverr skyldi vera vin annars, i. 58: to turn up, ek ætla mér góðan kost hvárn sem upp kemr, Eg. 715; mun nú hamingjan skipta hverr upp kemr, 418; at sakar görðisk eða upp kæmi, Grág. i. 27; skaut til Guðs sínu máli, ok bað hann láta þat upp koma er hann sæi at bazt gegni, Ó. H. 195, Stj. 385:—koma við, to touch, hit; sé eigi komið við, if it is not touched, Grág. ii. 65; komit var við hurðina, Fas. i. 30; at þeir skyldi koma við torfuna, Ld. 60; hefi ek aldrei svá reitt vápn at manni, at eigi hafi við komit, Nj. 185; hann kemr við margar sögur, he comes up, appears in many Sagas, Ld. 334; koma þeir allir við þessa sögu síðan, Nj. 30; sem ek kom við (as I mentioned, touched upon) í morgin, Fms. ii. 142; er mestr er, ok úskapligast komi við, Ld. 118: to fit, þat kemr lítt við, ‘tis not meet, it won’t do, Lv. 20; mun ek gefa þér tveggja dægra byr þann er bezt kemr við, Fas. iii. 619: koma við, to land, call; þeir vóru komnir við Ísland, Eg. 128; þeir kómu við Hernar, Nj. 4; þeir kómu suðr við Katanes, 127; þeir kómu við sker ( struck on a skerry) ok brutu stýri sín, Fms. ix. 164; hann hafði komit við hval, he had struck against a whale, Sturl. ii. 164; hence in mod. usage, koma við, to call, make a short stay, also on land: to be added to, tekr heldr at grána gamanit ok koma kveðlingar við, i. 21; koma þær nætr við inar fyrri, Rb. 58; þá koma enn ellefu nætr við, 22:—koma yfir, to overcome, pass over; íss er yfir kömr, Hm. 81; hvert kveld er yfir kom, Finnb. 230; hryggleikr kom yfir, 623. 57; at sá dagr myndi ekki yfir koma, Sks. 111.

B. With the dat. of the object, to make to come, put, bring, carry; páfa þess, er Kristni (dat.) kom á England, who Christianised England, Íb. 14; koma mönnum til réttrar trúar, Fms. i. 146; koma orðum við e-n, to speak to a person; görðisk hann styggr svá at fáir menn máttu orðum við hann koma, i. e. that no one could come to words with him, Eg. 3; hann görði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma, Fms. i. 83, xi. 293; koma vélræðum við e-n, to plan against one, Eg. 49; koma flugu í munn e-m, Nj. 64, 68; þú skalt ekki láta í skorta at koma þeim í (málit) með þér, 271; hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðar-garða, make Thor come to G., Edda 60; hann kom Þorhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river, Þorst. Síðu H. 181; koma kaupi, to bring about a bargain, Gþl. 415; koma e-m í hel, to put one to death, Anal. 233; koma e-m til falls, to make one fall, Edda 34; koma e-m í sætt, Fs. 9; mun ek koma þér í sætt við konung, Eg. 227; hann kom sér í mikla kærleika við jarlinn, Nj. 268; koma sér í þjónustu, Fs. 84; koma sér vel, to put oneself in favour, be engaging; ek hefi komit mér vel hjá meyjum, Kormak; þeir komu sér vel við alla, Fas. iii. 529, Fs. 96, Nj. 66; koma sér ílla, to make oneself hated; það kemr sér ílla, it is ill seen, unpleasant; as also, það kemr sér vel, a thing is agreeable, acceptable; koma e-u til leiðar, to effect, make, Nj. 250, Eb. 118; koma e-u til vegar, id., Ld. 320; koma tölu á, to put, count on, count, number, Anal. 217; koma friði, sættum á, to bring peace, agreement about: hann kom þeim á flótta, he put them to flight, Fms. vii. 235; tóku þar allt er þeir kómu höndum á, all they could catch, ix. 473; koma e-m ór eldi, Fb. i. 300; tók hann merkit ok kom því (put it, hid it) í millum klæða sinna, Nj. 274: Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, 115; allt þat er bitið var ok blóði kom út á, where it was bitten so as to make blood flow, Fms. vii. 187.

II. with prepp.; koma e-u fram, to effect; koma fram ferð, máli, Nj. 102; til lítils þætti þat koma, en enginn kvæmi sínu máli fram þótt til alþingis væri stefnt, 149, Fb. ii. 90; þat skal aldri verða at hann komi þessu fram, Eg. 765; ef ek kem hefndum fram, Ld. 262; koma fram lögum við e-n. Eg. 722:—koma e-u á, to bring about, introduce:—koma e-u af, to abolish; þó fékk hann því ekki af komit, Bs. i. 165; koma e-u af sér, to get rid of, Fs. 96, Eb. 40, 41:—koma e-u fyrir, to arrange; koma e-m fyrir, to get a place for one; hann kom honum fyrir í skóla: to destroy (fyrir-koma), hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir, Glúm. 356:—koma e-u upp, to open; áðr ek kom henni upp, before I could open it, Fms. iii. 74; kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma ( open), nú fær hón upp komit hörpunni, Fas. i. 233; hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, it was long before he could speak, utter a word, Fms. vi. 234; sá svarar er mátti máli upp koma, vii. 288:—koma e-m undir, to overthrow one, get one down; varð at kenna afls-munar áðr hann kæmi honum undir, Eb. 172:—koma e-m undan, to make one escape. Fms. vii. 265, 623. 18:—ek ætla at koma mér útan, I think to go abroad, Nj. 261:—koma e-u við, to bring about, effect, to be able to do; ek mun veita þér slíkt sem ek má mér við koma, as I can, Nj.; þú munt öðru koma við en gabba oss, Anal. 77; hann kom því við ( brought about) at engi skyldi fara með vápn, Fms. vii. 240; ef váttum kvæmi við, in a case where witnesses were at hand, Íb. 12; liðit flýði allt þat er því kom við, all that could fled, Eg. 529; Guðmundr hafði almanna-lof hversu hann kom sér við ( how he behaved) þessum málum, Nj. 251; komi þeir til er því koma við, who can, Gþl. 371; menn skyldi tala hljótt ef því kæmi við, Sturl. iii. 147; ef því kemr við, if it is possible, Gþl. 429; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, Fb. ii. 187; ekki mun oss þetta duga, at hann komi boganum við, Nj. 96.

C. Reflex. komask, to come to the end, get through, reach, Lat. pervenire; the difference between the active and reflex. is seen from such phrases as, hann kemr ef hann kemst, he will come if he can; or, eg komst ekki á stað, I could not get off; eg komst ekki fyrir íllviðri, I could not come for bad weather; or, to come into a certain state, with the notion of chance, hap, komask í lífs háska, to come into danger of life; komask í skipreika, to be shipwrecked, and the like; Þorfinnr kom öngu hljóði í lúðrinn, ok komsk eigi upp blástrinn, Fms. ix. 30; komask á fætr, to get on one’s legs, Eg. 748; hann komsk við svá búit í ríki sitt, Hkr. i. 76; meina honum vötn eða veðr svá at hann má ekki komask til þess staðar, Grág. i. 496; hann komsk með sundi til lands, Eg. 261; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit fyrir þeim, Nj. 27; ef Gunnarr færi eigi utan ok mætti hann komask, 111; ef maðr byrgir mann inni í húsi, svá at hann má eigi út komask, so that he cannot get out, Grág. ii. 110; en allt fólk flýði með allt lausa-fé er með fékk komisk, with all the property they could carry with them, Fms. i. 153; ek komumk vel annar-staðar út, þótt hér gangi eigi, Nj. 202; komask á milli manna, to get oneself among people, intrude oneself, 168; komsk hann í mestu kærleika við konung, Eg. 12; komask at orði, to come by a word, to express oneself; einsog hann að orði komsk, passim.

II. with prepp.; komast á, to get into use; það komst á:—komask af, to get off, escape, save one’s life; hann bað menn duga svá at af kæmisk skipit, Fms. x. 98; tveir druknuðu, en hinir kómusk af:—komask at e-u, to get at a thing, procure; mörgum manns-öldrum síðarr komsk at bók þeirri Theodosius, Niðrst. 10; Hrani gat komisk at trúnaði margra ríkra manna, Fms. iv. 62; þú hefir at þessum peningum vel komisk, ‘tis money well gotten, i. 256; eigi skaltú ílla at komask, thou shall not get it unfairly, vii. 124:—komast eptir, to enquire into, get information of:—komask fyrir, to prevent, come in another’s way:—koma hjá e-u, to evade, pass by, escape doing:—komast til e-s, to come towards, and metaph. to have time for a thing, ek komst ekki til þess, I have no time; eg komst ekki til að fara:—komask undan, to escape; allt þat lið er undan komsk, Eg. 261; ekki manns barn komsk undan, Fms. xi. 387; komask undan á flótta, Eg. 11:—komask við, to be able; komusk þeir ekki í fyrstu við atlöguna, Fms. vii. 264; ef hann vill refsa údáða-mönnum, ok má þó við komask, N. G. L. i. 123; brenn allt ok bæl, sem þú mátt við komask, Fær. 64; ef ek viðr of kœmimk, Hbl. 33; þá er ek komumk við, Eg. 319; komask við veðri, to get abroad, Rd. 252; hann lét þat ekki við veðri komask, Fms. vii. 165: to be touched (við-kvæmni), hann komsk við mjök ok felldi tár, iii. 57; eða hann komisk við ( repent) ok hverfi aptr at íllsku sinni, Greg. 41; þá komsk mjök við inn válaði, svá at hann matti eigi lengi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, Fms. vi. 234; þá komsk hón við ákaflega mjök, Clem. 32; með við komnu hjarta, with a touched heart, Bs. i. 561, Karl. 166:—komask yfir e-t, to overcome, get hold of; er hann komsk yfir fét, Bárð. 175.

D. Part. kominn, in special phrases; inn komni maðr, a new comer, stranger, Gullþ. 47; at kominn, arrived; hinn aðkomni maðr, a guest; at kominn, just come to, on the brink of; kominn at andláti, at dauða, to be at the last gasp; var at komit, at …, it was on the point of happening, that …, Str. 8; vóru þeir mjök at komnir ( much exhausted) svá magrir vóru þeir, Fas. iii. 571:—heill kominn, hail! Blas. 42; vel kominn, welcome! vertu vel kominn! ver með oss vel kominn, Þiðr. 319, Fs. 158; hann bað þá vera vel komna, passim; so also, það er vel komið, ‘it is welcome,’ i. e. with great pleasure, granting a favour:—placed, ertu maðr sannorðr ok kominn nær frétt, Nj. 175; Pétri var svá nær komit, P. was so closely pursued, Fms. ix. 48; ok nú eigi allfjarri yðr komit, xi. 123; svá vel er sá uppsát komin, at …, ix. 368: situated, hann (the hospital) er kominn á fjall upp, is situated on a fell, Symb. 18; útsker þat er komit af þjóðleið, Eg. 369: metaph., vel, ílla kominn, well placed, in good, bad estate; ek þykjumk hér vel kominn; hann var vel til náms kominn, he was in a good place for learning, Bs. i. 153; þat fé er ílla komit er fólgit er í jörðu, Grett. 39 new Ed.; mér þykkir son minn hvergi betr kominn, methinks my son is nowhere better off, in better hands, Fms. vi. 5; lítt ertú nú kominn, Njarð. 376; þykkjumk ek hér vel kominn með þér, Nj. 258:—kominn af, or frá e-m, come of, descended from, Landn., Eb., passim:—kominn á sik vel, in a good state, accomplished, Orkn. 202; hverjum manni betr á sik kominn, Ld. 110; kominn á sik manna bezt, Ísl. ii. 203: vera á legg kominn, to be grown up, Fms. xi. 186; vera svá aldrs kominn, to be of such an age, Fs. 4, 13, Sturl. iii. 100, Fms. xi. 56; hér er allvel á komit, it suits well enough, Bs. i. 531: hann sagði henni hvar þá var komit, how matters stood, Nj. 271, Fms. ii. 152; hann undi vel við þar sem komit var, as it stood, in statu quo, Nj. 22; Sveinn segir honum sem komit var þessu máli, Fms. ii. 159; at svá komnu, as matters stand, Bs. i. 317; málum várum er komit í únýtt efni, Nj. 164, 190:—vera kominn til e-s, to be entitled to, have due to one; ef hann fengi þat er hann var eigi til kominn, Fms. x. 7; þeir er til einskis eru komnir, ix. 248; fá þeir margir af yðr sæmd mikla er til minna eru komnir, en hann, Eg. 111; þeim til sæmdar er til þess er kominn, Sks. 311, rétt komnir til konungdóms, rétt kominn til Noregs, right heir to the kingdom, to Norway, Fms. ix. 332; lézk Sigvaldi nú kominn til ráða við Astríði, xi. 104: fit for, entitled to, hann þótti vel til kominn at vera konungr yfir Danmörk, i. 65: shapen, þetta mál er svá til komit, vii. 130; sagðisk hann eigi verr til manns kominn en Sturla bróðir hans, Sturl.; eigi þóttusk þeir til minna vera komnir fyrir ættar sakir, entitled to less, Eb. 17.

II. part. pres. komandi, a new comer, stranger, Fbr. 168, Stj. 525: one to come, future generations, verandum ok viðr-komendum, N. G. L. i. 121; allir menn verandi ok eptir-komandi, D. I. i. 3; komendr, pl. guests, comers.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > KOMA

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

STA-21 — or Seaman to Admiral 21 is the U.S. Navy s commissioning program for the 21st century and is designed to enable Active duty Sailors to get a college degree and become commissioned officers. History Previously there were over a dozen different… … Wikipedia
STA Travel — is the world s largest travel organization for students and young people. Founded in 1979 by acquiring assets from the bankruptcy of AUS Student Travel in Australia including their successful UK company (trading since 1976). Over time it has… … Wikipedia
sta|tion — «STAY shuhn», noun, verb. –n. 1. a) a place to stand in; place or spot that a person is appointed to occupy in the performance of some duty; assigned post: »The policeman took his station at the corner. SYNONYM(S): position, location. b) a… … Useful english dictionary
sta|di|um — «STAY dee uhm», noun, plural di|ums or di|a. 1. a place shaped like an oval or a U, consisting of tiers of seats around an open field: »The stadium was filled for the final baseball game. SYNONYM(S): amphitheater. 2. an ancient Greek ru … Useful english dictionary
Sta. Lucia Realtors — Infobox PBA team color1=white color2=green name=Sta. Lucia Realtors founded=1993 history=Sta. Lucia Realtors 1993 present colors=Green, orange, and white company=Sta. Lucia Realty Develpoment, Inc. coach=Boyet Fernandez titles=PBL: 2 (1990… … Wikipedia
Fly For Fun — Infobox VG title = FlyFF image caption= The official Flyff Logo developer = AeonSoft publisher = Numerous independent companies designer = engine = version = Version 12 released = August 2004 genre = MMORPG modes = Multiplayer ratings = ESRB: T… … Wikipedia
Legal dispute over Quebec's language policy — The legal dispute over Quebec s language policy began soon after the enactment of the Charter of the French Language by the National Assembly of Quebec in 1977. The Charter, enacted under the Parti Québécois government of René Lévesque, expanded… … Wikipedia
Battle for Mexico City — Mexico City Campaign Part of the Mexican American War The American assault on Chapultepec Castle … Wikipedia
Families and Children for Empowerment and Development — Foundation, Inc. (FCED) is a non – stock, non – profit service foundation, organized in 1987 that brings together government and non – government organizations and community leaders in depressed areas in Manila. It facilitates leadership… … Wikipedia
Foundation for Equal Families — The Foundation for Equal Families is a Canadian gay and lesbian rights group founded in 1994 following the failure of Bill 167 in the Ontario parliament. The group s mandate is Dedicated to achieving recognition and equality for same sex… … Wikipedia
ec|sta|sy — «EHKS tuh see», noun, plural sies, verb, sied, sy|ing. –n. 1. a condition of very great joy; strong feeling that delights or thrills the heart; rapture: »The little girl was in ecstasy over her new puppy. Crescendos of exalted ecstasy (William… … Useful english dictionary

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

stå over for

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

stå over for

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: